WO2018035725A1 - 一种业务建立方法及设备 - Google Patents

一种业务建立方法及设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018035725A1
WO2018035725A1 PCT/CN2016/096442 CN2016096442W WO2018035725A1 WO 2018035725 A1 WO2018035725 A1 WO 2018035725A1 CN 2016096442 W CN2016096442 W CN 2016096442W WO 2018035725 A1 WO2018035725 A1 WO 2018035725A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
service
established
information
network device
cell
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2016/096442
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
崇卫微
吴晓波
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to BR112019003618A priority Critical patent/BR112019003618A2/pt
Priority to EP16913749.4A priority patent/EP3493634A4/en
Priority to PCT/CN2016/096442 priority patent/WO2018035725A1/zh
Priority to CN201680088407.1A priority patent/CN109565848A/zh
Priority to KR1020197007683A priority patent/KR102183961B1/ko
Publication of WO2018035725A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018035725A1/zh
Priority to US16/283,133 priority patent/US20190191352A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/34—Reselection control
    • H04W36/38—Reselection control by fixed network equipment
    • H04W36/385—Reselection control by fixed network equipment of the core network
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/30—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0011—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection
    • H04W36/0022—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection for transferring data sessions between adjacent core network technologies
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0011—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection
    • H04W36/0022—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection for transferring data sessions between adjacent core network technologies
    • H04W36/00224—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection for transferring data sessions between adjacent core network technologies between packet switched [PS] and circuit switched [CS] network technologies, e.g. circuit switched fallback [CSFB]
    • H04W36/00226—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection for transferring data sessions between adjacent core network technologies between packet switched [PS] and circuit switched [CS] network technologies, e.g. circuit switched fallback [CSFB] wherein the core network technologies comprise IP multimedia system [IMS], e.g. single radio voice call continuity [SRVCC]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0058—Transmission of hand-off measurement information, e.g. measurement reports
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0083—Determination of parameters used for hand-off, e.g. generation or modification of neighbour cell lists
    • H04W36/00837—Determination of triggering parameters for hand-off
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08—Reselecting an access point
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/26—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by agreed or negotiated communication parameters
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/30—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data
    • H04W36/302—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data due to low signal strength
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/542—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using measured or perceived quality

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a service establishing method and device.
  • VoLTE Voice over LTE
  • UE User Equipment
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a method and a device for establishing a service, which are used to solve the problem that a user behavior is poorly caused by a strong behavior of a UE after a service establishment request is received, and the service cannot be performed normally or the service experience is poor. .
  • the first aspect provides a method for establishing a service, including: receiving, by an access network device, a first setup request sent by a core network device or a service application server, where the first setup request carries a service request to be established, and a service to be established Requiring a radio channel quality requirement for the UE to perform the service to be established to the access network device; when the access network device determines that the radio channel quality of the first cell of the first network where the UE is located does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established, The access network device sends a first setup response to the core network device or the service application server, where the first setup response is used to notify the core network device or the service application server that the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the UE is handed over to the second cell of the first network, or the UE is handed over to the third cell of the second network.
  • the service application server may send the corresponding service requirement information to the access network device according to the service requirement and the real-time situation.
  • the access network device can use the received service requirement information as a quasi-entry limit for service establishment, that is, when the radio signal quality of the cell where the UE is located does not meet the service requirement, the access network device notifies the service application server to enable the service.
  • the application server makes corresponding adjustments; or the access network device can switch the UE to other cells that can meet the service requirements, so as to complete the establishment of services in other cells.
  • the access network device can use the service requirement of the service to be established on the service application server as the quasi-entry limit for the service establishment, and avoid the error and inflexibility of determining the quasi-entry limit based on the empirical value in the prior art solution. And other issues.
  • the network side may be based on the actual network situation. Adjusting the service requirements or switching the UE to other cells ensures that after the service is created, the service can be executed normally and the user experience brought by the execution of the service is improved.
  • the service application server may indicate, by using the indication information (such as the first indication information) included in the service requirement of the service to be established, the access network device: the radio channel quality in the first cell does not satisfy the to-be-established service.
  • the first setup response is sent to the core network device or the service application server.
  • the sending, by the access network device, the first setup response to the core network device or the service application server may include: if the access network device determines that the service request to be established includes the first indication information, Or the service application server sends a first setup response.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the access network device sends the first setup response to the core network device or the service application server when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the service application server may indicate, by using the indication information (such as the second indication information) included in the service requirement of the service to be established, the access network device: the radio channel quality in the first cell does not satisfy the to-be-established service.
  • the UE is handed over to the second cell. Specifically, the foregoing “access network device switches the UE to the first network.
  • the second cell of the network may include: if the access network device determines that the service requirement of the service to be established includes the second indication information, and the access network device determines that the second cell with the wireless channel quality meets the service requirement of the service to be established, The access network device switches the UE to the second cell, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the access network device switches the UE to the second when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established. Community.
  • the service application server may indicate, by using the indication information (such as the third indication information) included in the service requirement of the service to be established, the access network device: the radio channel quality in the first cell does not satisfy the to-be-established service.
  • the UE is switched to the third cell.
  • the foregoing that the “access network device switches the UE to the third cell of the second network” may include: if the access network device determines that the service request to be established includes the third indication information, and the access network device determines that the wireless channel quality exists.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the access network device switches the UE to the third cell when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the to-be-established service.
  • the access network device may perform the “application to the core network device or the service when the wireless channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirements of the service to be established according to the indication of the indication information in the service request of the service to be established.
  • the server sends a first setup response, "switches the UE to the second cell” or “switches the UE to the third cell.”
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: if the access network device determines that there is no second cell or a third cell whose radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the service to be established, the access network device goes to the core The network device or the service application server sends a second setup response.
  • the second setup response is used to notify the core network device or the service application server that the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established, and there is no second cell in which the radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the service to be established. Or the third cell.
  • the access network device may perform the second establishment to the service application server when there is no second cell or third cell in which the radio channel quality satisfies the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the service application server may be configured according to the indication that the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established, and the second cell or the third cell that does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established is not present.
  • the actual network conditions adjust the business requirements of the service to be established.
  • the first setup response and the second setup response both carry the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information accessed by the UE, and the location information of the UE. At least one of load information of a cell, radio access system (Radio Access Technology, RAT for short) of the first network, and bandwidth information of a service to be established. It is conceivable that the foregoing information carried in the first setup response and the second setup response can be used by the service application server to re-determine the service requirement of the service to be established, that is, the service requirement after the service update is to be established.
  • Radio Access Technology Radio Access Technology
  • the location information of the UE includes: the cell identifier where the UE is located, the identifier of the base station where the UE is located, the tracking area identifier (English: Tracking Area Identity, TAI for short), and the location area identifier where the UE is located. (English: Location Area Identity, LAI for short) and at least one of the Routing Area Identity (RAI) of the UE.
  • the service application server may modify the to-be-modified response.
  • the service establishment service needs to obtain the service requirements after the service update is established, and then initiates a service establishment request to the access network device.
  • the method in this embodiment may further include: the access network device receives the core network device or The second setup request sent by the service application server, where the second setup request carries the service request after the service update is to be established.
  • the access network device may receive a second setup request that is sent by the service application server to request to re-establish the to-be-established service, and the service request after the service update to be established in the second setup request may be: the service application server. It is determined according to the information carried in the first setup response or the second setup response.
  • the access network device may send a policy to the UE.
  • the manner of controlling the command is slightly determined to determine whether there is a second cell or a third cell whose radio channel quality satisfies the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the method for determining, by the fourth cell, the second cell or the third cell the method for determining, by the access network device, whether the second channel or the third cell of the radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the service to be established is described herein.
  • the access network device can determine the presence of the fourth cell in which the radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the service to be established in the following two manners: mode 1: The access network device sends a measurement control command to the UE, and the measurement control command is used.
  • the access network device receives the measurement report reported by the UE, where the measurement report carries the measurement result obtained by the UE measuring the radio quality of the fourth cell, and the access network device is configured according to the measurement result.
  • the measurement result is used to determine the fourth cell in which the radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the service to be established; the second method, the access network device sends a measurement control command to the UE, where the measurement control command carries the service request determined according to the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the measurement reporting condition is used to indicate that the UE measures the radio quality of the fourth cell, and the measurement reporting condition is used to indicate that the UE reports the measurement to the access network device when determining that the radio channel quality of the fourth cell meets the measurement reporting condition. Report that if the access network device receives the measurement report reported by the UE, the access network device does There is a fourth cell in which the radio channel quality satisfies the service requirements of the service to be established.
  • the service requirements of the service to be established include: service type indication information of the service to be established, a radio channel requirement of the service to be established, coding information of the service to be established, a coding information list of the UE, and a terminal of the UE. At least one of the types; wherein the coding information list of the UE includes coding information supported by the UE and the service application server. It is conceivable that one UE can support at least two kinds of coding information, and each type of coding information corresponds to one coding type and coding rate set.
  • the radio channel requirements of the service to be established include: reference signal receiving power (English: Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP for short), reference signal receiving quality (English: Reference Signal Receiving Quality, referred to as: RSRQ) requires at least one of the Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) requirements.
  • reference signal receiving power English: Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP for short
  • reference signal receiving quality English: Reference Signal Receiving Quality, referred to as: RSRQ
  • SINR Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio
  • the coded information of the service to be established includes: to be built The coding type information of the service and the coding rate set information of the service to be established.
  • the radio channel quality includes at least one of RSRP, RSRQ, and SINR.
  • the terminal type information of the UE includes: an International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) of the UE, and an Model Approval Code of the IMEI (English: Type Approval Code, abbreviation: TAC) And at least one of the UE's International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number (IMI).
  • IMEI International Mobile Equipment Identity
  • TAC Type Approval Code
  • the first network may be a fifth generation mobile communication technology (English: The Fifth Generation wireless telephone technology, referred to as: 5G) network, the fourth generation mobile communication technology (English: The Fourth Generation wireless telephone Technology, referred to as: 4G) any of the networks;
  • the second network can be 4G network, the third generation of mobile communication technology (English: The Third Generation wireless telephone technology, referred to as: 3G), the second generation of mobile communication technology (English : The Second Generation wireless telephone technology, referred to as 2G) any of the networks.
  • the method that the access network device determines that the radio channel quality of the first cell of the first network where the UE is located does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established may include: determining, by the access network device, the first The radio channel quality of the cell satisfies the radio channel quality required by the at least one type of coding information in the coding information list of the UE, but the radio channel quality of the first cell does not satisfy the radio channel quality required by the coding information of the service to be established.
  • a second aspect of the present invention provides a service establishment method, including: a service application server sends a first setup request to an access network device or a core network device, where the first setup request carries a service request to be established, and a service requirement of the service to be established The first establishing response sent by the service application server to the access network device or the core network device, where the first application establishes a response for the access network device or the core network device to indicate that the user equipment UE performs the service to be established. Notifying the service application server that the radio channel quality of the first cell in the first network where the UE is located does not meet the service requirements of the service to be established.
  • the service application server receives the second setup response sent by the access network device or the core network device, and the second setup response is used to notify the service application server that the radio channel quality of the first cell of the first network where the UE is located does not satisfy the service to be established.
  • the service requires, and there is no second cell or third cell whose radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the service to be established, the second cell is located in the first network, and the third cell is located in the second network.
  • the first setup request sent by the service application server to the access network device carries the service request of the service to be established, and the access network device can use the received service request information as a quasi-entry limit for the service establishment, that is, for the cell where the UE is located.
  • the access network device notifies the service application server to make the service application server make corresponding adjustments; or the access network device can switch the UE to other cells that can meet the service requirement, so that Other cells complete the establishment of the business.
  • the access network device can use the service requirement of the service to be established on the service application server as the quasi-entry limit for the service establishment, and avoid the error and inflexibility of determining the quasi-entry limit based on the empirical value in the prior art solution. And other issues.
  • the network side may be based on the actual network situation. Adjusting the service requirements or switching the UE to other cells ensures that after the service is created, the service can be executed normally and the user experience brought by the execution of the service is improved.
  • the service application server may determine the service requirement of the service to be established before sending the first setup request to the access network device. Specifically, the service application server may determine the service requirement of the service to be established in the following manner: Method 1: The service application server determines the average of the service to be established (English: Mean Opinion Score, MOS for short) Channel quality, terminal type information of the UE, carrier frequency information of the UE access, location information of the UE, coding information of the service to be established, load information of the first cell, coding information recommended for use, RAT information of the first network, to be Establish at least one of the bandwidth information of the service to determine the service requirements of the service to be established.
  • Method 1 The service application server determines the average of the service to be established (English: Mean Opinion Score, MOS for short) Channel quality, terminal type information of the UE, carrier frequency information of the UE access, location information of the UE, coding information of the service to be established, load information of the first cell, coding information recommended for use, RAT information of the first network,
  • the service application server sends a first query request to the third-party network device, where the first query request carries the MOS requirement of the service to be established, Radio channel quality of the first cell, terminal type information of the UE, carrier frequency information of the UE access, location information of the UE, coding information of the service to be established, load information of the first cell, coding information recommended for use, first network At least one of the RAT information and the bandwidth information of the service to be established, the service application server receives the first query response sent by the third-party network device, where the first query response carries the service request of the service to be established.
  • the service application server may obtain relevant information for determining a service requirement of the to-be-established service, such as “the quality of the radio channel of the first cell, before determining the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the method in the embodiment of the present application may further include: the service application server to the core network The device or the UE or the access network device sends a second query request; the service application server receives the second query response sent by the core network device or the UE or the access network device, where the second query response carries the radio channel quality of the first cell,
  • At least one of the bandwidth information is not limited to the bandwidth information.
  • the service application server may also obtain related information for determining a service requirement of the to-be-established service in the following manner. Specifically, before the service application server determines the service requirement of the service to be established or the service application server receives the first query response sent by the third-party network device, the method in this embodiment may further include: the service application server receives the UE sending The first message carries the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information of the UE access, the location information of the UE, the coding information of the service to be established, and the load of the first cell. At least one of information, recommended coding information, RAT information of the first network, and bandwidth information of the service to be established.
  • the service application server may perform the first according to the MOS requirement of the to-be-established service, the first setup response, or the second setup response.
  • Radio channel quality of the cell Radio channel quality of the cell, terminal type information of the UE, carrier frequency information of the UE access, location information of the UE, coding information of the service to be established, load information of the first cell, coding information recommended for use, RAT of the first network At least one of the information, the bandwidth information of the service to be established, and the coded information list of the UE, the service request after the service update is determined, and the coded information list of the UE includes the coding information supported by the UE and the service application server.
  • the service application server may send a third query request to the third-party network device, where the third query request carries the MOS requirement of the service to be established, the first setup response, or the “first channel's radio channel quality carried in the second setup response.
  • At least one of the bandwidth information and the encoded information list of the UE, the coding information list of the UE includes the coding information supported by the UE and the service application server, and the service application server receives the third query response sent by the third-party network device, A query response carries the service requirements after the service update is to be established.
  • the method in this embodiment may further include: The application server sends a second setup request to the access network device core network device, where the second setup request carries the service request after the service update is to be established.
  • the method in this embodiment may further include: the service application server according to the first Establishing the radio channel quality of the first cell carried in the response or the second setup response, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information of the UE access, the location information of the UE, the coding information of the service to be established, and the load information of the first cell.
  • the service application sends a delete message to the UE to be established, and the delete message to be established is used to instruct the UE to terminate the service to be established.
  • the service application server may send the first setup request to the access network device in the following manner: mode 1: the service application server sends the first setup request to the access network device by using the core network device; The service application server sends a first setup request to the access network device through the interface between the service application server and the access network device.
  • the coded information after the service update to be established included in the service request after the service update is to be established is the second coded information.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: the service application server determines that the coded information of the service to be established is the first coded information; the service application server determines that the coded information to be established after the service update is the second coded information; the service application server is to be established.
  • the encoded information of the service is converted from the first encoded information to the second encoded information.
  • the service application server sends a second message to the UE, where the second message is used to indicate that the coded information of the service to be established is converted from the first coded information to the second coded information.
  • the service application server may further determine, by using the first coded information, the coded information of the service to be established when determining that the wireless channel requirement corresponding to the first coded information is higher than the wireless channel requirement corresponding to the second coded information. Convert to the second encoded information.
  • the service requirements of the service to be established are in the second aspect and the various possible implementation manners of the embodiments.
  • Encoding information, radio channel quality, UE terminal type information, first network, second network, first indication information, second indication information, third indication information, first setup response, and second setup response, and first setup For a detailed description of the information carried in the response and the second setup response, reference may be made to the related description in the possible implementation manners of the first aspect of the present application.
  • the third aspect provides an access network device, including: a receiving module, and a determining module.
  • Block send module and switch module.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a first setup request sent by the core network device or the service application server, where the first setup request carries the service request of the service to be established, and the service requirement of the service to be established is used to indicate the UE to the access network device. Perform the wireless channel quality requirements of the service to be established.
  • a determining module configured to determine whether a radio channel quality of the first cell of the first network where the UE is located meets a service requirement of the service to be established.
  • a sending module configured to send a first setup response to the core network device or the service application server, where the determining module determines that the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the to-be-established service, where the first setup response is used to notify the core network device Or the service application server: the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established, or the handover module is configured to: when the determining module determines that the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established, The UE switches to the second cell of the first network, or switches the UE to the third cell of the second network.
  • the determining module is further configured to determine whether the first indication information is included in the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the sending module is configured to send the first setup response to the core network device or the service application server, if the determining, by the determining module, that the service request to be established includes the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the access network device sends the first setup response to the core network device or the service application server when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the determining module is further configured to determine whether the second indication information is included in the service requirement of the service to be established, and determine whether the second cell has a wireless channel quality that meets the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the switching module is configured to: if the determining module determines that the service requirement of the service to be established includes the second indication information, and the determining module determines that the second cell with the radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the to-be-established service, the UE is switched to the second Community.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the access network device switches the UE to the second cell when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the to-be-established service.
  • the determining module is further configured to determine whether the third indication information is included in the service requirement of the service to be established, and determine whether the wireless channel quality exists.
  • the third cell that satisfies the service requirements of the service to be established.
  • the switching module is specifically configured to: if the determining module determines that the service requirement of the service to be established includes the third indication information, and the determining module determines that the third cell with the radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the to-be-established service, the UE is switched to the third Community.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the access network device switches the UE to the third cell when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the to-be-established service.
  • the sending module is further configured to send, to the core network device or the service application server, if the determining module determines that the second cell or the third cell that does not have the radio channel quality that meets the service requirement of the service to be established is not present.
  • the second establishes a response.
  • the second setup response is used to notify the core network device or the service application server that the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established, and there is no second cell in which the radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the service to be established. Or the third cell.
  • the receiving module is further configured to: after the sending module sends the first setup response or the second setup response to the core network device or the service application server, receive the second sent by the core network device or the service application server. A request is established, and the second setup request carries a service request after the service update is to be established.
  • the fourth cell is a second cell or a third cell.
  • the determining module is configured to: send a measurement control command to the UE, where the measurement control command is used to instruct the UE to measure the radio quality of the fourth cell, and receive the measurement report reported by the UE, where the measurement report carries the UE to the fourth cell radio.
  • the measurement result obtained by measuring the channel quality determines, according to the measurement result, the fourth cell in which the radio channel quality satisfies the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the determining module is configured to: send a measurement control command to the UE, where the measurement control command carries a measurement reporting condition determined according to a service requirement of the service to be established, where the measurement control command is used to indicate the quality of the radio channel of the fourth cell by the UE. And performing measurement, the measurement reporting condition is used to indicate that the UE reports the measurement report to the access network device when determining that the radio channel quality of the fourth cell meets the measurement reporting condition, and if the measurement report reported by the UE is received, determining that the wireless channel quality is satisfied.
  • the determining module is configured to determine that the UE is located first The radio channel quality of the first cell of the network does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established. Specifically, the determining module is configured to determine that the radio channel quality of the first cell meets at least one type of coding information in the coded information list of the UE. The quality of the radio channel, but the radio channel quality of the first cell does not satisfy the radio channel quality required for the coded information of the service to be established.
  • the service requirements of the service to be established are in the third aspect of the embodiments of the present application and various possible implementation manners.
  • Encoding information, radio channel quality, UE terminal type information, first network, second network, first indication information, second indication information, third indication information, first setup response, and second setup response, and first setup For a detailed description of the information carried in the response and the second setup response, reference may be made to the related description in the possible implementation manners of the first aspect of the present application.
  • an access network device comprising: one or more processors, a memory, a bus system, a receiver, a transmitter, and one or more applications.
  • processors, memories, receivers, and transmitters are connected by a bus system.
  • One or more applications are stored in the memory, and one or more applications include instructions that, when the processor of the access network device executes the instructions, the access network device performs as in the first aspect and its various possible implementations Business establishment method.
  • a fifth aspect provides a computer readable storage medium having one or more programs stored therein, the one or more programs including instructions, when the processor of the access network device executes the instructions, the access network The device performs the method of establishing a service as in the first aspect and its various possible implementations.
  • each functional module in the access network device in the third aspect, the fourth aspect, and various possible implementation manners of the embodiments of the present application is to implement the first aspect and various possible implementations thereof.
  • the method for establishing a service in the manner, and the functional division of the access network device, the specific description of the functions implemented by each functional module in the third aspect, the fourth aspect, and various possible implementation manners, and the effect analysis thereof may be With reference to the detailed description in the first aspect and its various possible implementations, this embodiment of the present application I won't go into details here.
  • a service application server including: a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is configured to send a first setup request to the access network device or the core network device, where the first setup request carries the service request of the service to be established, and the service requirement of the service to be established is used for the access network device or the core.
  • the network device instructs the UE to perform the radio channel quality requirement of the service to be established.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a first setup response sent by the access network device or the core network device, where the first setup response is used to notify the service application server that the radio channel quality of the first cell of the first network where the UE is located does not meet the service to be established. Business requirements.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a second setup response sent by the access network device or the core network device, where the second setup response is used to notify the service application server that the radio channel quality of the first cell where the UE is located in the first network is not satisfied.
  • a service request is established, and there is no second cell or a third cell whose radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the service to be established, the second cell is located in the first network, and the third cell is located in the second network.
  • the foregoing service application server may further include: a determining module. a determining module, configured to: before the sending module sends the first setup request to the access network device, according to the MOS requirement of the service to be established, the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information accessed by the UE, Determining the service to be established by determining at least one of the location information of the UE, the coding information of the service to be established, the load information of the first cell, the coded information recommended for use, the RAT information of the first network, and the bandwidth information of the service to be established. Claim.
  • the determining module configured to send a first query request to the third-party network device, where the first query request carries the MOS request of the service to be established, and the first cell, before the sending module sends the first setup request to the access network device.
  • Radio channel quality, terminal type information of the UE, carrier frequency information of the UE access, location information of the UE, coding information of the to-be-established service, load information of the first cell, coding information recommended for use, RAT of the first network At least one of the information and the bandwidth information of the service to be established receives the first query response sent by the third-party network device, where the first query response carries the service request of the service to be established.
  • the sending module is further configured to determine in the determining module Before the service request of the service is to be established, the second query request is sent to the core network device or the UE or the access network device.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a second query response sent by the core network device or the UE or the access network device, where the second query response carries the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, and the UE access At least one of frequency information, location information of the UE, coding information of the service to be established, load information of the first cell, coding information recommended for use, RAT information of the first network, and bandwidth information of the service to be established.
  • the sending module is further configured to: before the determining, by the determining module, the service request of the service to be established, receive the first message sent by the UE, where the first message carries the radio channel quality of the first cell, and the UE Terminal type information, carrier frequency information of the UE access, location information of the UE, coding information of the service to be established, load information of the first cell, coding information recommended for use, RAT information of the first network, bandwidth of the service to be established At least one of the information.
  • the determining module is further configured to: after receiving, by the receiving module, the first setup response or the second setup response sent by the access network device, according to the MOS requirement of the to-be-established service, and carrying in the first setup response Radio channel quality of the first cell, terminal type information of the UE, carrier frequency information of the UE access, location information of the UE, coding information of the service to be established, load information of the first cell, RAT information of the first network, to be Establishing at least one of the bandwidth information of the service and the coded information list of the UE, and determining the service requirement after the service update is to be established, where the coded information list of the UE includes the coding information supported by the UE and the service application server.
  • the determining module is further configured to: after the receiving module receives the first setup response or the second setup response sent by the access network device, send a third query request to the third-party network device, where the third query request carries the service to be established
  • the MOS requirement the radio channel quality of the first cell carried in the first setup response, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information accessed by the UE, the location information of the UE, the coding information of the service to be established, and the load information of the first cell.
  • the third query response which is carried in the first query response Establish business requirements after business update.
  • the sending module is further configured to: after the determining module determines the service request after the service update is to be established, send a second setup request to the access network device core network device, where the second setup request carries Determine the service requirements determined by the module after the service update is to be established.
  • the determining module is further configured to: after the receiving module receives the first setup response or the second setup response sent by the access network device, according to the first setup response or the second setup response
  • At least one of the RAT information and the bandwidth information of the service to be established determines to terminate the service to be established.
  • the sending module is further configured to send a deletion message to the UE to be established, and the deletion message to be established is used to instruct the UE to terminate the service to be established.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to: send a first setup request to the access network device by using the core network device; or connect to the interface between the service application server and the access network device.
  • the network access device sends a first setup request.
  • the coded information after the service update to be established included in the service request after the service update is to be established is the second coded information.
  • the determining module is further configured to determine that the coded information of the service to be established is the first coded information, and determine that the coded information that is to be established after the service update is the second coded information.
  • the business application server may also include a conversion module. And a conversion module, configured to convert the encoded information of the service to be established from the first encoded information into the second encoded information.
  • the sending module is further configured to send a second message to the UE, where the second message is used to indicate that the encoded information of the service to be established is converted from the first encoded information to the second encoded information.
  • the determining module is further configured to determine that the radio channel requirement corresponding to the first encoding information is higher than the radio channel requirement corresponding to the second encoding information.
  • the service requirement of the service to be established is to be established, and to be Establishing a radio channel requirement of the service, coding information of the service to be established, radio channel quality, terminal type information of the UE, the first network, the second network, the first indication information, the second indication information, the third indication information, and the first establishment
  • a radio channel requirement of the service coding information of the service to be established, radio channel quality, terminal type information of the UE, the first network, the second network, the first indication information, the second indication information, the third indication information, and the first establishment
  • a service application server comprising: one or more processors, a memory, a bus system, a receiver, a transmitter, and one or more applications, one or more processors, a memory, a receiver, and Transmitters are connected by the bus system.
  • the one or more applications are stored in the memory, the one or more applications including instructions, when the processor of the business application server executes the instructions, the business application server performs as a second
  • a computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs, the one or more programs including instructions, when a processor of the business application server executes In the case of the instructions, the service application server performs the service establishment method as described in the second aspect and its various possible implementations.
  • each functional module in the service application server described in the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect, and various possible implementation manners of the embodiments of the present application is to implement the second aspect and various possible The service establishment method described in the implementation manner, and the functional application division of the service application server, the specific description of the functions implemented by each functional module in the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect, and various possible implementation manners, and the effect thereof
  • the description of the present application is not repeated here.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication network according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication network according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a service establishment method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of another service establishment method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of another service establishment method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of another service establishment method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of another service establishment method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of another service establishment method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of another service establishment method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of another service establishment method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of another service establishment method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another access network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a service application server according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another service application server according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another service application server according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be applied to a 2G network, a 3G network, a 4G network, and a 5G network.
  • the technical solution of the present application is applicable not only to a volte service, a video call service, but also to other services having similar requirements for network signal coverage.
  • the application does not limit the type of service of the user equipment and the network where it is located.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication network according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication network may include an access network device 11, a service application server 12, and at least one UE 13, as shown in FIG.
  • the access network device 11 is connected to the UE 13 through a wireless communication link, and the service application server 12 is configured to process the service registration request, user management, session control, service exchange, service control, and the like of the UE.
  • the evolved base station (English: Evolved NodeB, eNB for short) in FIG. 2 is used as the access network device in FIG. 1, and the eNB and the UE (ie, the UE 13 in FIG. 1) can be connected by wireless link communication.
  • the core network device of the LTE network of the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 may include: a mobility management entity (English: Mobility Management Entity, MME for short), a service gateway (English: Serving Gateway, SGW for short), and packet data.
  • Network gateway English: PDN Gateway, PGW for short
  • Policy and Charging Rules Function English: Policy and Charging Rules Function, PCRF).
  • the core network device may be responsible for connecting the Internet protocol multimedia subsystem (English: IP Multimedia Subsystem, referred to as IMS) network for the service of the UE's VoLTE, and is responsible for transmitting the VoLTE call and other related information between the UE and the IMS network.
  • IMS Internet protocol multimedia subsystem
  • QCI QoS Class Identifier
  • the IMS network device shown in FIG. 2 such as a Proxy Call Session Control Function (P-CSCF) entity, and a query/service call session control function (English: Interrogating/Serving Call Session)
  • P-CSCF Proxy Call Session Control Function
  • S-CSCF service centralization and continuity application server
  • SCC AS Service Centralization and Continuity Application Server
  • the P-CSCF entity (which can be divided into the calling party P-CSCF entity and the called party P-CSCF entity) is the first contact point for the UE to access the IMS network in a service process such as VoLTE, and can be responsible for proxying services such as VoLTE. Related signaling and complete routing control.
  • the S-CSCF entity (which can be divided into the calling party S-CSCF entity and the called party S-CSCF entity) is a service switching center of the IMS network, and the S-CSCF entity can be mainly responsible for receiving and processing the service registration request of the UE, user management, Session control, service switching, service control, session initiation protocol (English: Session Initiation Protocol, SIP) message processing and accounting.
  • the SCC AS (which can be divided into the calling party SCC AS and the called party SCC AS) serves to maintain the continuity of the service when the UE moves between the LTE network and other networks.
  • the UE in this embodiment may be a wireless terminal or a wired terminal.
  • the UE may be a mobile phone, a computer, a tablet computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA), or a mobile Internet device (English: Mobile Internet device (MID), wearable device and e-book reader (English: e-book reader).
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • MID Mobile Internet device
  • e-book reader English: e-book reader
  • Some technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application may be specifically implemented based on the communication network architecture shown in FIG. 1 or a modified architecture thereof.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a service establishment method. As shown in FIG. 3, the service establishment method includes:
  • the service application server sends a first setup request to the access network device or the core network device, where the first setup request carries a service request for the service to be established.
  • the service requirement of the service to be established is used to indicate to the access network device or the core network device the wireless channel quality requirement that the UE performs the service to be established.
  • the service application server in the embodiment of the present application is an integration of any one or at least two of the service application servers of the IMS network, such as P-CSCF, ATCF, S-CSCF, SCC AS, and the like.
  • the foregoing first setup request may be sent to the access network device after the service application server receives the request message for establishing the service to be established for the UE.
  • the service to be established may be a VoLTE voice service, a Video video service, or a service of another service type.
  • the VoLTE voice service to be established is used as an example.
  • the service application server may receive an invitation (English invite message) for establishing a Volte voice service for the UE. And sending a service establishment request message (that is, the foregoing first setup request) to the access network device (such as the eNB), where the first setup request is used to request the access network device (such as an eNB) to allocate the wireless network resource for the Volte voice service.
  • the UE may be a calling party UE
  • the service application server is a calling party service application server
  • the UE may be a called party UE
  • the service application server is a called party service application server.
  • the service application server may send the first setup request to the access network device in any one of the following two implementation manners:
  • Manner 1 The service application server sends a first setup request to the access network device via the core network device.
  • the Volte voice service is used as an example.
  • the service application server may send an authentication authorization request to the PCRF to trigger the evolved packet system (English: Evolved Packet System, Abbreviation: EPS)
  • the core network device initiates the establishment process of the voice-specific bearer, wherein the authentication authorization request includes the service requirement information of the Volte voice service.
  • the EPS core network device may send a voice-specific bearer setup request message to the access network device, where the voice-specific bearer setup request message includes the service request information of the Volte voice service.
  • Manner 2 The service application server sends a first setup request to the access network device through the interface between the service application server and the access network device.
  • the interface between the service application server and the access network device may be a private interface between the service application server and the access network device.
  • the service application server can directly send a first setup request (such as a request for establishing a voice service) to the access network device through the private interface, where the first setup request carries a service request for the service to be established.
  • the related request message (such as the first setup request) sent by the private interface may be carried in the extended header of the Real Time Transport Protocol (RTP) stream.
  • RTP Real Time Transport Protocol
  • the service requirements of the service to be established may include: service type indication information of the service to be established, a radio channel requirement of the service to be established, coding information of the service to be established, a coding information list of the UE, and a terminal type of the UE. At least one item, wherein the coding information list of the UE includes coding information supported by the UE and the service application server.
  • the radio channel requirements of the to-be-established service may include at least one of an RSRP requirement, an RSRQ requirement, and an SINR requirement.
  • the coding information of the service to be established includes: coding type information of a service to be established and coding rate set information of a service to be established.
  • the terminal type information of the UE includes at least one of an IMEI of the UE, a TAC of the IMEI, and an IMSI of the UE.
  • the access network device receives a first setup request sent by the core network device or the service application server.
  • the access network device may receive the first setup request sent by the service application server through the core network device; if the service application server adopts In the foregoing manner, the second connection request is sent to the access network device, and the access network device can receive the first setup request sent by the service application server directly through the private interface between the service application server and the access network device.
  • the access network device determines a wireless message of the first cell of the first network where the UE is located.
  • the quality of the channel does not meet the business requirements of the service to be established.
  • the first network in the embodiment of the present application may be any one of a 5G network and a 4G network.
  • the access network device may determine, after receiving the first setup request, whether the radio channel quality of the first cell meets the service requirement of the to-be-established service; and if the radio channel quality of the first cell is determined to meet the service requirement of the to-be-established service, The access network device may allocate radio resources for the to-be-established service. If it is determined that the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirements of the service to be established, the process may continue to perform S304-S305 or S306 or S307.
  • the access network device may obtain the radio channel requirement of the to-be-established service according to the service requirement of the to-be-established service, and then obtain the The radio channel of the service establishment needs to compare the radio channel quality of the first cell to determine whether the radio channel quality of the first cell meets the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the service requirement of the service to be established includes the service type indication information of the service to be established, and the access network device may determine, according to the service type indication information, the service to be established, such as the voice service of the voice (such as the voice service).
  • the video service or other type of service then, the access network device can determine the wireless channel of the service to be established according to the service type of the service to be established, and the correspondence between the pre-configured service type and the wireless channel requirement.
  • Requirements eg RSRP requirements, RSRQ requirements, SINR requirements, etc.
  • the access network device may determine the wireless channel requirement corresponding to the coded information of the service to be established according to the coded information of the service to be established.
  • the access network device can determine the wireless channel of the first cell of the first network where the UE is located based on the uplink channel and/or the downlink radio channel quality parameter of the first cell where the UE is located cannot meet the wireless channel requirement of the to-be-established service. The quality cannot meet the business requirements of the above-mentioned business to be established.
  • the foregoing uplink and/or downlink channel quality parameters may include: uplink and/or downlink RSRP, uplink and/or downlink SINR, uplink and/or downlink RSRQ to One less.
  • uplink and/or downlink RSRP is lower than the RSRP requirement
  • the uplink and/or downlink RSRQ is lower than the RSRQ requirement of the to-be-established service
  • the uplink and/or downlink SINR is lower than the SINR requirement of the service to be established
  • the access network device may Determining that the radio channel quality of the first cell cannot meet the service requirements of the to-be-established service.
  • the service request of the service to be established may include the coded information of the service to be established and the coded information list of the UE.
  • the coding information list of the UE includes coding information supported by the UE and the service application server.
  • the determining, by the access network device, that the radio network quality of the first cell of the first network where the UE is located does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established may include: determining, by the access network device, the first cell.
  • the radio channel quality satisfies the radio channel quality required by the at least one type of coding information in the coding information list of the UE, but the radio channel quality of the first cell does not satisfy the radio channel quality required for the coding information of the service to be established.
  • the access network device sends a first setup response to the core network device or the service application server, where the first setup response is used to notify the core network device or the service application server that the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service to be established. Claim.
  • the first setup response carries the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information accessed by the UE, the location information of the UE, the load information of the first cell, the RAT information of the first network, At least one of the recommended encoding information and the bandwidth information of the service to be established.
  • the access network device may determine the recommended coding information after determining that the radio channel quality of the first cell satisfies the radio channel quality required by the at least one type of coding information in the coding information list of the UE.
  • the recommended coding information may be coding information supported by the UE and the service application server selected by the access network device from the coding information list of the UE, and the recommended coding information is one of the coding information supported by the first cell. Encoding information.
  • the location information of the UE includes: a cell identifier where the UE is located, a base station identifier where the UE is located, a TAI where the UE is located, an LAI where the UE is located, and at least one of the RAIs where the UE is located.
  • the service application server receives the sending of the access network device or the core network device. The first establishment response.
  • the access network device switches the UE to the second cell of the first network.
  • the access network device switches the UE to the third cell of the second network.
  • the access network device may try to switch the UE to the second cell of the first network or the third cell of the second network when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the second network is any one of a 4G network, a 3G network, and a 2G network.
  • the second network may be any one of a 4G network, a 3G network, and a 2G network; when the first network is a 4G network, the second network may be a 3G network or a 2G network.
  • the first cell and the second cell in the embodiment of the present application may be different cells in the first network.
  • the service application server may deliver the service requirement information corresponding to the access network device according to the service requirement and the real-time situation.
  • the access network device can use the received service requirement information as a quasi-entry limit for service establishment, that is, when the radio signal quality of the cell where the UE is located does not meet the service requirement, the access network device notifies the service application server to enable the service.
  • the application server makes corresponding adjustments; or the access network device can switch the UE to other cells that can meet the service requirements, so as to complete the establishment of services in other cells.
  • the access network device can use the service requirement of the service to be established on the service application server as the quasi-entry limit for the service establishment, and avoid the error and inflexibility of determining the quasi-entry limit based on the empirical value in the prior art solution. And other issues.
  • the network side may be based on the actual network situation. Adjusting the service requirements or switching the UE to other cells ensures that after the service is created, the service can be executed normally and the user experience brought by the execution of the service is improved.
  • the service application server may indicate the access network device by using the indication information (such as the first indication information, the second indication information, or the third indication information) included in the service request of the service to be established: Wireless signal in the first cell
  • the service application server directly replies to the first setup response or switches the UE to another cell, that is, the access network device indicates that the radio channel quality in the first cell does not satisfy the service to be established.
  • the service request is made, it is determined which of the above steps S304 or S306 or S307 is performed.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the access network device does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the network device or the service application server sends the first setup response; therefore, when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established, the access network device may directly send the first to the core network device or the service application server. Establish a response. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 4, S304 in FIG. 3 may be replaced with S304':
  • the access network device determines that the service requirement of the service to be established includes the first indication information, sends a first setup response to the core network device or the service application server.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the access network device does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the second cell therefore, when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established, the access network device may switch the UE to the second cell of the first network.
  • S306 in FIG. 3 may be replaced with S306':
  • the access network device determines that the service request for the service to be established includes the second indication information, and the access network device determines that the second cell with the radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the service to be established, the access network device The UE switches to the second cell.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the access network device does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the third cell therefore, when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established, the access network device may switch the UE to the third cell.
  • S307 in FIG. 3 can be replaced with S307':
  • the access network device determines that the service requirement of the service to be established includes the third finger
  • the information is displayed, and the access network device determines that there is a third cell in which the radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the service to be established, and the access network device switches the UE to the third cell.
  • the access network device may determine that there is a second cell or a third cell in which the radio channel quality satisfies the service requirement of the service to be established before the UE is handed over to the second cell or the third cell.
  • the second cell that determines that the radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the service to be established is determined by the access network device, and the second cell or the third that determines that the radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the service to be established is determined.
  • the example of the cell is as follows:
  • the access network device may send a measurement control command to the UE, where the measurement control command is used to indicate that the UE measures the radio channel quality of the second cell, and the access network device receives the measurement report reported by the UE, where the measurement report carries The measurement result obtained by the UE measuring the radio quality of the second cell; the measurement result may include the radio channel quality parameter of the second cell, and the access network device may determine, according to the measurement result, that the radio channel quality meets the to-be-established service.
  • the second cell of the service request, or the measurement result may be the indication information of the second cell that has the radio channel quality that meets the service requirement of the service to be established, and the access network device may directly determine the presence according to the indication of the measurement result.
  • the second cell in which the radio channel quality satisfies the service requirements of the service to be established.
  • the access network device sends a measurement control command to the UE, where the measurement control command carries a measurement reporting condition determined according to the service requirement of the service to be established, where the measurement control command is used to indicate that the UE performs the radio channel quality of the second cell.
  • the measurement reporting condition is used to indicate that the UE reports the measurement report to the access network device when determining that the wireless channel quality of the second cell meets the measurement reporting condition; and if the access network device receives the measurement report reported by the UE, The network access device determines that there is a second cell whose wireless channel quality meets the service requirements of the service to be established.
  • the method for the access network device to determine the third cell with the radio channel quality meeting the service requirement of the service to be established and the method for the access network device to determine the second cell with the radio channel quality meeting the service requirement of the service to be established Similarly, the embodiments of the present application are not described herein again.
  • the method in this embodiment may further include S308-S309:
  • the access network device determines that there is no second cell or a third cell whose radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the service to be established, the access network device sends a second setup response to the core network device or the service application server.
  • the second setup response is used to notify the core network device or the service application server that the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established, and there is no second cell in which the radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the service to be established. Or the third cell.
  • the method for the second network to establish a response to the core network device or the service application server is similar to the method for the access network device to send the first setup response to the core network device or the service application server. The embodiment will not be described again here.
  • the service application server receives a second setup response sent by the access network device or the core network device.
  • the second setup response carries the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information accessed by the UE, the location information of the UE, the load information of the first cell, the RAT information of the first network, At least one of the recommended encoding information and the bandwidth information of the service to be established.
  • the radio channel quality of the first cell carried in the first setup response or the second setup response, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information of the UE access, the location information of the UE, the load information of the first cell, and the first At least one of the RAT information of the network, the recommended coding information, and the bandwidth information of the service to be established may be used by the service application server to update the service to be established.
  • the service application server may determine that the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established, so that the service network device may be re-transmitted to carry the service update to be established.
  • the second setup request for the business requirement Specifically, as shown in FIG. 6, after the method S305 or S309 shown in FIG. 5, the method in the embodiment of the present application may further include S310-S311:
  • the service application server sends a second setup request to the access network device or the core network device, where the second setup request carries the service request after the service update is to be established.
  • the method for the service application server to send the second setup request to the access network device or the core network device is similar to the method for the service application server to send the first setup request to the access network device or the core network device. I won't go into details here.
  • the access network device receives a second establishment request sent by the core network device or the service application server.
  • the method for the access network device to receive the second establishment request sent by the core network device or the service application server and the method for the access network device to receive the first establishment request sent by the core network device or the service application server Similarly, the embodiments of the present application are not described herein again.
  • the access network device can determine whether the radio channel quality of the first cell meets the service requirement of the to-be-established service update carried in the second setup request.
  • the method for the access network device to determine whether the radio channel quality of the first cell meets the service requirements for the service to be established may refer to the method for determining, by the access network device, whether the radio channel quality of the first cell meets the service requirement of the service to be established, The embodiments of the present application are not described herein again.
  • the coded information of the service to be established included in the service request of the service to be established is the first coded information, and the code of the service to be established included in the service request after the service update is to be established.
  • the information is the second encoded information.
  • the service application server may determine that the coded information of the service to be established is the first coded information, and determine that the coded information to be established after the service update is the second coded information, and convert the coded information of the service to be established from the first coded information to the second Encoding information.
  • the service application server may determine, when the second setup request is sent, that the coded information after the service update is to be established is the second coded information.
  • the service application server may further send a second message to the UE, where the second message is used to indicate that the coded information of the service to be established is converted from the first coded information to the second coded information.
  • the service application server can determine the corresponding first encoded information.
  • the coded information of the service to be established is converted from the first coded information to the second coded information, and the second message is sent to the UE.
  • the first encoding information and the second encoding information may be the same encoding, but different encoding rate sets are used, for example, the first encoding information and the second encoding information are both EVS encoding, but the encoding rate set of the first encoding information is The EVS full rate set, and the encoding rate set of the second encoded information is the EVS VBR mode.
  • the service application server may determine the service requirement for establishing the service before sending the first establishment request that carries the service requirement of the service to be established to the access network device.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include S401 or S402-S405 before the S301 shown in any of the figures in FIG.
  • the service application server determines the MOS requirement of the service to be established, the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information of the UE, the location information of the UE, the coding information of the service to be established, and the first cell. At least one of the load information, the RAT information of the first network, and the bandwidth information of the service to be established determines a service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the service application server may store MOS, "the radio channel quality of the cell where the terminal is located, the terminal type information of the terminal, the carrier frequency information of the terminal access, the location information of the UE, the coding information of the service, and the location of the terminal. Correspondence between at least one of the load information of the cell, the RAT information of the network where the terminal is located, and the bandwidth information of the service, and the service requirement of the service. The correspondence is obtained by the service application server through big data statistics.
  • the service application server can be based on the MOS requirement of the service to be established, "the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information accessed by the UE, the location information of the UE, the coding information of the service to be established, At least one of the load information of the first cell, the RAT information of the first network, and the bandwidth information of the service to be established, the query corresponding relationship determines the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the service request of the service to be established may be determined by the third-party network device that saves the foregoing correspondence.
  • the method in this embodiment of the present application may further include S402-S405.
  • the service application server sends a first query request to the third-party network device.
  • the first query request carries the MOS requirement of the service to be established, the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information of the UE access, the location information of the UE, the coding information of the service to be established, and the first cell. At least one of load information, RAT information of the first network, and bandwidth information of the service to be established.
  • the third-party network device receives the first query request, and according to the MOS requirement of the to-be-established service carried in the first query request, the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, and the carrier frequency information accessed by the UE, The at least one of the location information of the UE, the coded information of the to-be-established service, the load information of the first cell, the RAT information of the first network, and the bandwidth information of the service to be established determines the service requirement of the service to be established.
  • the method for determining the service requirement of the service to be established by the third-party network device may refer to the method for determining the service requirement of the service to be established by the service application server, which is not described herein again.
  • the third-party network device sends a first query response to the service application server, where the first query response carries the service request of the service to be established.
  • the service application server receives a first query response sent by the third-party network device.
  • the service application server may first acquire the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, and the UE access before determining the service requirement of the service to be established. At least one of the carrier frequency information, the location information of the UE, the coding information of the service to be established, the load information of the first cell, the RAT information of the first network, and the bandwidth information of the service to be established.
  • the service application server may obtain the foregoing “the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, and the UE access role in the process of establishing a video session between the calling UE and the called UE. At least one of frequency information, location information of the UE, coding information of the service to be established, load information of the first cell, RAT information of the first network, and bandwidth information of the service to be established. Specifically, before the method of S401 or S402, the method in this embodiment may further include S501-S504:
  • the service application server sends a second query request to the core network device or the UE or the access network device, where the second query request is used to indicate the core network device or the UE.
  • the access network device queries the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information of the UE, the location information of the UE, the coding information of the service to be established, the load information of the first cell, and the first At least one of RAT information of the network and bandwidth information of the service to be established.”
  • the core network device or the UE or the access network device receives the second query request sent by the service application server.
  • the core network device or the UE or the access network device queries the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information of the UE, the location information of the UE, the coding information of the service to be established, and the first At least one of load information of the cell, RAT information of the first network, and bandwidth information of the service to be established.
  • the service application server receives a second query response sent by the core network device or the UE or the access network device, where the second query response carries the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, and the UE access At least one of frequency information, location information of the UE, coding information of the service to be established, load information of the first cell, RAT information of the first network, and bandwidth information of the service to be established.
  • the foregoing service application server may obtain the foregoing “the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information accessed by the UE, the location information of the UE, and the service to be established, by receiving the session message sent by the UE. At least one of the coding information, the load information of the first cell, the RAT information of the first network, and the bandwidth information of the service to be established.” Specifically, before the method of S401 or S402, the method in this embodiment may further include S505:
  • the service application server receives the first message sent by the UE, where the first message carries the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information accessed by the UE, the location information of the UE, and the to-be-established service. At least one of the coding information, the load information of the first cell, the RAT information of the first network, and the bandwidth information of the service to be established.
  • the first message may be a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) signaling of a service to be established.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • the service application server can receive and parse the SIP signaling to obtain the foregoing “the first cell's wireless channel. Quality, terminal type information of the UE, carrier frequency information of the UE access, location information of the UE, coding information of the service to be established, load information of the first cell, RAT information of the first network, and bandwidth information of the service to be established At least one item.”
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • the service application server may determine the service request after the service update is to be established before sending the second setup request that carries the service request after the service update is established to the access network device.
  • the method in the embodiment of the present application may further include S601 or S602-S605:
  • the service application server determines, according to the MOS requirement of the to-be-established service, the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information of the UE, and the location of the UE, which are carried in the first setup response or the second setup response. At least one of the information, the coded information of the service to be established, the load information of the first cell, the RAT information of the first network, and the bandwidth information of the service to be established, and the service request after the service update is to be established.
  • the service application server sends a third query request to the third-party network device, where the third query request carries the MOS requirement of the service to be established, the radio channel quality of the first cell carried in the first setup response, and the terminal type information of the UE. At least one of carrier frequency information accessed by the UE, location information of the UE, coding information of the service to be established, load information of the first cell, RAT information of the first network, and bandwidth information of the service to be established.
  • the third-party network device receives the third query request, and according to the MOS requirement of the to-be-established service carried in the third query request, the radio channel quality of the first cell carried in the first setup response, the terminal type information of the UE, and the UE. Determining the service update to be established, at least one of the carrier frequency information of the access, the location information of the UE, the coding information of the service to be established, the load information of the first cell, the RAT information of the first network, and the bandwidth information of the service to be established. After the business requirements.
  • the third-party network device sends a third query response to the service application server, where the first query response carries the service request after the service update is to be established.
  • the service application server receives a third query response sent by the third-party network device.
  • the method for the service application server or the third-party network device to determine the service requirement after the service update is to be established may be determined by referring to the foregoing service application server.
  • the method for establishing the service requirement of the service is not described here.
  • the service application server may also terminate the service to be established after receiving the first setup response or the second setup response.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: the radio channel quality of the first cell carried by the service application server according to the first setup response or the second setup response, and the terminal of the UE.
  • the service application server sends a deletion message to the UE to be established, and the deletion message to be established is used to instruct the UE to terminate the service to be established; the UE receives the deletion message of the service to be established sent by the service application server, and terminates the to-be-established service. business.
  • the service application server may send the corresponding service requirement information to the access network device according to the service requirement and the real-time situation.
  • the access network device can use the received service requirement information as a quasi-entry limit for service establishment, that is, when the radio signal quality of the cell where the UE is located does not meet the service requirement, the access network device notifies the service application server to enable the service.
  • the application server makes corresponding adjustments; or the access network device can switch the UE to other cells that can meet the service requirements, so as to complete the establishment of services in other cells.
  • the access network device can use the service requirement of the service to be established on the service application server as the quasi-entry limit for the service establishment, and avoid the error and inflexibility of determining the quasi-entry limit based on the empirical value in the prior art solution. And other issues.
  • the network side may be based on the actual network situation. Adjusting the service requirements or switching the UE to other cells ensures that after the service is created, the service can be executed normally and the user experience brought by the execution of the service is improved.
  • the following describes the service establishment method in the embodiment of the present application by taking the video call service establishment process of the 4G network as an example.
  • the UE in the embodiment of the present application may be a calling party UE of a video calling service, or may be a called party UE, and correspondingly,
  • the access network device may be a corresponding eNB of the calling UE or an eNB corresponding to the called UE, and the service application server may be a corresponding IMS core network device of the calling UE (for example, P-CSCF ⁇ S-CSCF ⁇ SCC AS ⁇ ATCF) Etc.) or the IMS core network device corresponding to the called UE.
  • the service establishment method provided by the embodiment of the present application may include:
  • the IMS core network device receives the request message of the video call service sent by the calling party UE, establishes a video session for establishing the calling party UE and the called party UE, and performs negotiation of service requirements (such as coding information).
  • the IMS core network device may negotiate the coding information of the video call service with the calling UE and the called UE.
  • the coding information of the video call service may include the coding type and the coding rate set information of the video call.
  • the coding type of the video call may be an enhanced voice service (English: Enhanced Voice Service, EVS for short).
  • the codec mode set of the video call may indicate that the video call has a coding rate of 6.60-23.85 kbps.
  • the IMS core network device establishes a video session for the calling party UE and the called party UE
  • the IMS core network device may also be from the UE or the eNB or the evolved packet core network (English: Evolved Packet) Core, abbreviated as: EPC)
  • the device obtains other initial parameters of the video call service.
  • the other initial parameters may include the terminal type of the UE, the radio channel quality of the 4G cell where the UE is located, the carrier frequency information of the 4G cell where the UE is located, and the current location information of the UE.
  • the load information of the 4G cell where the UE is located (such as whether it is overloaded, etc.), the bandwidth information required by the video call service.
  • the terminal type of the UE may be at least one of the IMEI, the IMSI, and the IMEI of the UE, where the IMEI included in the other initial parameters may specifically be the first 8 TACs of the IMEI, and the TAC Generally used to represent the model of the UE.
  • the radio channel quality of the 4G cell where the UE is located may be at least one of RSRP, RSRQ, and SINR.
  • the carrier frequency information of the 4G cell where the UE is located may indicate that the carrier frequency of the 4G cell where the UE is located is 1800 MHz or 900 MHz.
  • the current location information of the UE is used to indicate that the UE is located in a normal macro network 4G cell or a high-speed private network 4G cell, and the 4G cell load information of the UE is used to indicate whether the 4G cell where the UE is located is overloaded.
  • the terminal type information of the UE may be included in the related session signaling when the UE initiates the video call service, for example, the terminal type information of the UE may be carried in the SIP signaling.
  • the IMS core network device can receive and parse the SIP signaling to obtain terminal type information of the UE.
  • the IMS core network device can also obtain the terminal type information of the UE from the UE or the EPC device (such as the MME) by sending a query request.
  • the foregoing SIP signaling may also carry information such as the radio channel quality of the 4G cell where the UE is located.
  • the IMS core network device according to the MOS requirement of the video call service, the radio channel quality of the cell where the UE is located, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information of the UE access, the location information of the UE, the coding information of the video call service, and the location of the UE At least one of load information of the cell, RAT information of the cell where the UE is located, and bandwidth information of the video call service determines a service requirement of the video call service.
  • the service requirement of the video call service is the wireless channel requirement of the video call service to the eNB.
  • the service requirements of the video call service may include: at least one of a service type indication information of the video call service, a wireless channel requirement of the video call service, an encoding information of the video call service, and a terminal type of the UE.
  • the wireless channel requirement of the video call service may include at least one of an RSRP requirement, an RSRQ requirement, and an SINR requirement.
  • the radio channel of the video call service is required to indicate that the minimum standard of the RSRP of the first cell where the UE is required to be the video call service is the RSRP requirement, and the minimum standard of the RSRQ of the first cell where the UE is located is the RSRQ requirement, and the UE is located first.
  • the minimum criterion for the SINR of a cell is the SINR requirement.
  • the coding information of the video call service includes: coding type information of a video call service and coding rate set information of a video call service.
  • the code of the video call service The information is used to indicate the type of coding and coding rate allowed for the video call service.
  • the terminal type information of the UE includes at least one of an IMEI of the UE, a TAC of the IMEI, and an IMSI of the UE.
  • the internal database of the IMS core network device holds the MOS of the video call service, "the radio channel quality of the cell where the terminal is located, the terminal type information of the terminal, the carrier frequency information of the terminal access, the location information of the UE,
  • the IMS core network device can query the correspondence between the coding information of the service, the load information of the cell where the terminal is located, the RAT information of the network where the terminal is located, and the bandwidth information of the service, and the service requirements of the video call service.
  • the correspondence determines the service requirements of the video call service.
  • the IMS core network device sets the video service preset MOS requirement to 4.0, that is, the user enjoys the minimum MOS value corresponding to the video call service in a complete and smooth manner, and the IMS core network device has obtained the negotiated coding information (if used).
  • AMR-WB encoding the allowed rate set is 6.60-23.85 kbps
  • the IMS core network device sets the video service preset MOS requirement to 4.0, and the IMS core network device has learned that the UE is currently in the high-speed rail 4G private network cell, the IMS can query according to the preset MOS requirement and the location information of the UE.
  • the method for obtaining the service requirement by the IMS core network device according to other parameters is similar to the foregoing description, and details are not described herein again.
  • the third party network device that saves the corresponding relationship may determine the service requirement of the video call service, and then send the determined request to the IMS core network device.
  • the business requirements of the video call service The method for determining the service requirement of the video call service by the third-party network device is similar to the method for determining the service requirement of the video call service by the IMS core network device, and details are not described herein again.
  • the IMS core network device sends a first setup request for the video call service to the eNB, to trigger the eNB to allocate a radio resource for the video call service, where the video call service is used.
  • the service request that carries the video call service is carried in the request.
  • S703 may include:
  • the IMS core network device initiates an Authentication Authorization Request (AAR) message to the PCRF to trigger the establishment of a dedicated bearer for the video call service.
  • AAR Authentication Authorization Request
  • the service request information of the video call service may be carried in the AAR message, in addition to the user identifier of the UE, the IMS application layer charging identifier, and the media description information, as shown in FIG.
  • the RSRP requirements are illustrated as an example).
  • the PCRF may send a re-authentication request (English: Re-Authentication Request, RAR) message to the PGW of the EPC according to the media description information carried by the AAR to trigger the message of the quality of service (English: Quality of Service, QoS for short).
  • RAR Re-Authentication Request
  • the PGW establishes a user plane data proprietary bearer for the video call service.
  • the RAR message carries the service request information of the video call service. As shown in FIG. 1 , the service request information of the video call service includes the RSRP requirement as an example.
  • the PGW may trigger the establishment process of the video call service dedicated bearer, and send the bearer setup request (English: Create Bearer Request) message to the access network eNB via the EGW SGW and the MME (ie, the EPC device).
  • the Create Bearer Request message carries the service request information of the video call service (as shown in FIG. 1 , the service request information of the video call service includes the RSRP requirement as an example for illustration).
  • the IMS core network device may also directly send a request for establishing a video call service to the eNB, where the request for establishing the video call service carries the service request information of the video call service.
  • the IMS core network device can send a request for establishing a video call service to the eNB via the interface.
  • the interface between the IMS core network device and the eNB is the interface between the service application server and the access network device described in the foregoing embodiment.
  • an IMS core network device may also generate a user plane data packet (such as an RTP data packet), and
  • the user plane data packet carries the service requirement information (such as the RSRP requirement) of the video call service, so that the eNB can parse the RSRP request from the user plane data packet after receiving the user plane data packet.
  • the eNB receives a first setup request for a video call service.
  • the eNB determines that the radio channel quality of the 4G network cell where the UE is located does not meet the service requirement of the video call service.
  • the RSRP requirement is used as the service requirement, and S705 is specifically determined by the eNB that the RSRP of the 4G network cell where the UE is located does not meet the RSRP requirement of the video call service.
  • the eNB determines that the radio channel quality of the 4G network cell where the UE is located does not meet the service requirement of the video call service, and may refer to the foregoing example, where the access network device determines that the radio channel quality of the first cell does not satisfy the video call service.
  • the method of the service requirement is not described here again in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include S706, S707 or S708.
  • the eNB may determine to perform one step in S706, S707 or S708 according to the indication information included in the service requirement of the video call service.
  • the eNB determines that the service request of the video call service includes the first indication information, send the first setup response to the IMS core network device.
  • the eNB may send the first setup response to the IMS core network device by:
  • the eNB may send a bearer setup response (English: create bearer response) message to the EPC device (such as the MME).
  • the create bearer response message carries indication information indicating the quality of the radio channel indicated by the service request that the eNB cannot provide the video call service.
  • the EPC device may send a Credit Control Request (CCR) message to the PCRF.
  • CCR Credit Control Request
  • the CCR message carries the indication information for indicating that the dedicated bearer setup of the video call service fails, and carries the indication information of the radio channel quality indicated by the service request indicating that the eNB cannot provide the video call service.
  • the PCRF can send a RAR message or a session abort request to the IMS core network device.
  • RAR message or a session abort request to the IMS core network device.
  • ASR Abort-Session-Request
  • the RAR message or the ASR message carries the indication information of the radio channel quality indicated by the service request that the eNB cannot provide the video call service.
  • the eNB may also send a first setup response to the IMS core network device through an interface between the eNB and the IMS core network device.
  • the interface between the IMS core network device and the eNB is the interface between the service application server and the access network device described in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the eNB may also include the first setup response in the user plane data packet to send to the IMS core network device.
  • the eNB may also report the current 4G of the UE to the IMS core network device by using the create bearer response message, the CCR message, the RAR message, or the ASR message, the interface between the eNB and the IMS core network device, or the user plane data packet.
  • At least one of a radio channel quality of the network cell terminal type information of the UE, 4G cell carrier frequency information, UE location information, time information, load information of the 4G cell, bandwidth information of the video call service, and the like. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the above-mentioned create bearer response, CCR message, and RAR message carry the RSRP of the first cell as an example, and the first setup response carries the foregoing “the radio channel quality of the 4G network cell where the UE is currently located, and the UE.
  • the first setup response carries the foregoing “the radio channel quality of the 4G network cell where the UE is currently located, and the UE.
  • At least one of terminal type information, 4G cell carrier frequency information, UE location information, time information, load information of a 4G cell, bandwidth information of a video call service, and the like is exemplified.
  • the method in this embodiment of the present application may further include:
  • the eNB determines that the service request of the video call service includes the second indication information, and the eNB determines that the second cell has a radio channel quality that satisfies the service requirement of the video call service, the eNB switches the UE to the second cell.
  • the eNB determines that the service request of the video call service includes the third indication information, and the eNB determines that there is a third cell whose radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the video call service, the eNB switches the UE to the third cell.
  • the eNB may perform a 4G network on the UE by determining that the radio channel quality of the 4G network cell where the UE is located does not meet the service requirement of the video call service, that is, the radio channel quality of the current 4G network cell of the UE is greater than the service requirement threshold sent by the IMS core network device.
  • the internal handover procedure is to switch the UE from the first cell of the 4G network to the second cell, or may perform the inter-network handover procedure of the 4G and 3G networks or the 2G network to the UE, and switch the UE from the first cell of the 4G network to The third cell of the 3G network or the 2G network.
  • the eNB may perform the packet switching (English: Packet Switch, PS for short) domain of the 3G network or the 2G network.
  • the above-mentioned inter-network handover procedure belongs to the PS to PS handover procedure. It is also possible to perform the above video call service in a Circuit Switched Domain (CS: Domain) domain of a 3G network or a 2G network, and the above-mentioned inter-network handover procedure belongs to the PS to CS handover procedure.
  • CS Circuit Switched Domain
  • the IMS core network device may add indication information (first indication information, second indication information, or third indication information) to the service request of the video call service when the UE meets the following conditions:
  • Condition 1 The UE supports speech coding A and speech coding B;
  • Condition 2 The requirement of the voice channel B for the radio channel quality of the cell is smaller than the requirement of the voice code A for the radio channel quality of the cell;
  • Condition 3 The video call service currently uses voice code A.
  • the video calling service currently uses AMR WB encoding.
  • the RSRP requirement of the EVS coding for the cell is RSRP>-120 dBm
  • the RSRP requirement of the AMR WB coding for the cell is RSRP>-115 dBm.
  • the IMS core network device may add the first indication information to the service request information of the video call service, so that the first When the RSRP of the cell does not meet the RSRP requirement of the AMR WB for the cell, the eNB may send the first setup response to notify the IMS core network device, so that the IMS core network device uses the EVS code, thereby avoiding the execution of a single wireless voice call continuity (English: Single) Radio Voice Call Continuity, referred to as: SRVCC).
  • SRVCC Single wireless voice call continuity
  • the IMS core network device may add the second indication information or the third indication information to the service request information of the video call service, so that the eNB may perform the direct execution when the RSRP of the first cell does not meet the RSRP requirement of the AMR WB for the cell.
  • the SRVCC is used by other cells to provide corresponding radio resources for the video call service for the UE.
  • the method in this embodiment may further include: if the eNB determines that the non-existence exists.
  • the second cell or the third cell whose radio channel quality satisfies the service requirement of the video call service, and the eNB sends a second setup response to the IMS core network device.
  • the IMS core network device receives the second setup response sent by the eNB.
  • the eNB may refuse to allocate radio resources for the video call service, and notify the IMS core network device (ie, through the second setup response):
  • the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the video call service, and there is no second cell or third cell whose radio channel quality satisfies the service requirement of the video call service.
  • the IMS core network device determines, according to the first setup response or the second setup response, the service request after the video call service is updated.
  • the IMS core network device can carry the “radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information accessed by the UE, and the location information of the UE, which are carried in the first setup response or the second setup response. And at least one of coding information of the video call service, load information of the first cell, RAT information of the first network, and bandwidth information of the video call service, and determining a service requirement after the video call service is updated.
  • the method for determining the service requirement of the video call service after the IMS core network device is determined is similar to the method for the IMS core network device to determine the service requirement of the video call service, which is not described herein again.
  • the service request of the video call service includes coding information of the video call service
  • the video call service uses AMR-WB coding
  • the coding rate of AMR-WB coding is 23.85 kbps
  • the AMR-WB coding The RSRP requirement for the first cell is RSRP > -115 dBm.
  • the IMS core network device can adjust the coding type of the video service to EVS coding, the coding rate is adjusted to 13.2 kbps, and the EVS coding mode determines the EVS.
  • the RSRP requirement for coding the first cell is RSRP > -120 dBm ( ⁇ -118 dBm).
  • the IMS core network device may send a notification message of the service code information adjustment (ie, the foregoing second message) to the calling UE and the called party.
  • the IMS core network device may further perform transcoding between the calling UE and the called party.
  • the IMS core network device sends a second setup request for the video call service to the eNB.
  • the method for the IMS core network device to send the second setup request for the video call service to the eNB is similar to the method for the IMS core network device to send the first setup request for the video call service to the eNB.
  • the examples are not described here.
  • the updated RSRP is used as an example of the service requirement after the video call service is updated in FIG. 7 .
  • the eNB receives a second setup request sent by the IMS core network device, where the second setup request carries the service request after the video call service is updated.
  • S709 receives, for the eNB, a bearer setup request carrying the updated RSRP request.
  • the eNB may continue to perform S705, that is, determine whether the radio channel quality of the 4G network cell where the UE is located meets the service requirement of the video call service update, and the subsequent corresponding process.
  • the method in this embodiment may further include S710-S711.
  • S710-S711 For a detailed description of the S710-S711, reference may be made to related content in the embodiments of the present application, and details are not described herein again.
  • the IMS core network device may also receive After the first setup response or the second setup response, the video call service is terminated.
  • the IMS core network device may terminate the video call service when it is determined that the service requirement of the video call service cannot be further adjusted to ensure that the radio channel quality of the first cell can meet the service requirement of the video call service.
  • the IMS core network device may send a deletion message of the video call service to the calling party UE when determining to terminate the video call service, where the deletion message may carry a specific cause value that can carry the termination of the video call service, for example, The radio channel quality of the first cell cannot meet the service requirements of the video call service.
  • the IMS core network device may further adjust the service request of the video call service to make the first
  • the IMS core network device can negotiate with the calling UE to query whether the calling UE accepts the current service experience and continues to maintain the service. If the UE accepts, the IMS core network device does not adjust the service requirements of the video call service, and does not perform the operation of terminating the video call service, but can trigger the process of establishing a dedicated video call service bearer to the EPC device and the eNB.
  • the IMS core network device does not send the service request of the video call service to the EPC device and the eNB, or can also send the service request of the video call service, but at the same time indicate The eNB ignores the service requirements of the video call service when allocating radio resources for the video call service.
  • the IMS core network device in the process of establishing a video call service for the UE, can deliver the service requirement of the video call service to the eNB.
  • the eNB can use the service request of the received video call service as a quasi-entry limit for establishing a video call service, that is, when the radio signal quality of the cell where the UE is located does not meet the service requirement of the video call service, the eNB can reject the video call.
  • the service allocates radio resources and simultaneously notifies the IMS core network device, so that the IMS core network device adjusts the service requirements of the video call service accordingly to complete the establishment of the video call service in the cell; or the eNB can switch the UE to other A 4G cell or a 2G/3G cell that satisfies the service requirement to complete the establishment of a video call service in other cells.
  • the video call service of the 4G network is taken as an example, and the service establishment method provided by the embodiment of the present application is illustrated.
  • the service establishment method provided by the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to the establishment process of other services in other network standards.
  • the network side can adaptively determine the quasi-entry limit for service establishment according to the service requirements of different services, and avoid the problems of determining the error and inflexibility of the quasi-entry limit based on the empirical value in the prior art solution.
  • the network side can adjust the service requirement according to the actual network condition or switch the UE to another cell, and the service can be guaranteed after the service is created. It can be executed normally and improve the user experience brought about by the execution of this service.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a service establishment method. As shown in FIG. 8, the service establishment method includes:
  • the first service application server sends a first setup request to the access network device or the first core network device, where the first setup request carries the service requirement of the first service, and the service requirement of the first service is used to access the access network.
  • the device instructs the user equipment UE to perform a radio channel quality requirement for the first service.
  • the access network device receives a first setup request sent by the first core network device or the first service application server.
  • the access network device sends a first setup response to the first core network device or the first service application server, where the first setup response is used to notify the first core network device or the first service application server: the access network device accepts the first A request to establish.
  • the radio channel quality of each cell in the network may change at any time, that is, in S803: the radio channel quality of the first cell after the access network device sends the first setup response to the first core network device or the first service application server. It may not meet the business requirements of the first business.
  • the method in this embodiment may further include S804:
  • the access network device determines that the radio channel quality of the first cell of the first network where the UE is located does not meet the service requirement of the first service.
  • the specific method for determining, by the access network device, whether the radio channel quality of the first cell of the first network of the UE meets the service requirement of the first service may be determined by referring to the access network device in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the specific method for the radio channel quality of a cell to meet the service requirements of the service to be established is not described herein again.
  • the service requirement of the first service may include the coding information of the first service and the coded information list of the UE.
  • the coding information list of the UE includes coding information supported by the UE and the service application server.
  • the determining, by the access network device, that the radio network quality of the first cell of the first network where the UE is located does not meet the service requirement of the first service may include: determining, by the access network device, the first cell.
  • the radio channel quality satisfies the radio channel quality required by the at least one type of coding information in the coding information list of the UE, but the radio channel quality of the first cell does not satisfy the radio channel quality required for the coding information of the service to be established.
  • any step of S805, S806, or S807 may be performed:
  • the access network device sends a first notification message to the first core network device or the first service application server, where the first notification message is used to notify the first core network device or the first service application server: the wireless channel of the first cell.
  • the quality does not meet the business requirements of the first business.
  • the first notification message carries the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information accessed by the UE, the location information of the UE, the load information of the first cell, the RAT information of the first network, At least one of the recommended encoding information and the bandwidth information of the first service.
  • the access network device can determine the wireless channel quality of the first cell to satisfy the wireless information required by the at least one type of coding information in the coded information list of the UE. After the quality of the channel, determine the recommended encoding information.
  • the recommended coding information may be coding information supported by the UE and the service application server selected by the access network device from the coding information list of the UE, and the recommended coding information is one of the coding information supported by the first cell. Encoding information.
  • the first service application server receives a first notification message sent by the first core network device or the access network device.
  • the access network device switches the UE to the second cell of the first network.
  • the access network device switches the UE to a third cell of the second network.
  • the first network in this embodiment is the same as the first network in the foregoing embodiment
  • the second network is the same as the second network in the foregoing embodiment.
  • first network and the second network reference may be made to the foregoing embodiment. related information.
  • the service application server may send a corresponding service request to the access network device according to the radio channel quality requirement required by the first service;
  • the first setup response may be sent to the service server when the radio channel quality of the cell where the UE is located satisfies the service requirement of the first service.
  • the access network device may refuse to allocate radio resources for the first service, and send a notification to the service application server for notifying the service application server:
  • the first notification message of the radio cell quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established, or the UE is handed over to other cells to complete the establishment of the first service in other cells.
  • the network side can adjust the service requirement according to the actual network condition or switch the UE to another cell, and the service can be guaranteed after the service is created. It can be executed normally and improve the user experience brought about by the execution of this service.
  • the first service application server may indicate, by using the indication information included in the service requirement of the service to be established, the access network device: the radio channel quality of the first cell does not satisfy the service of the first service.
  • the application server directly replies to the first notification message or switches the UE to another cell, that is, the access network device is instructed to perform the foregoing S805 or S807 or S808 when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established. Which step of it.
  • S805 in FIG. 8 may be replaced by S805'
  • S807 may be replaced by S807'
  • S808 may be replaced by S808':
  • the access network device determines that the service requirement of the first service includes the first indication information, sends the first notification message to the first core network device or the first service application server.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the access network device sends the first notification message to the first core network device or the first service application server when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the first service.
  • the access network device uses the UE Switch to the second cell.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the access network device switches the UE to the second cell when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the first service.
  • the access network device determines that the service requirement of the first service includes the third indication information, and the access network device determines that the third cell with the radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the first service, the access network device The UE switches to the third cell.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the access network device switches the UE to the third cell when the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the first service.
  • the method in the embodiment of the present application further includes: S809:
  • the access network device determines that the radio channel quality of the first cell meets the service requirement of the first service.
  • the method for determining, by the access network device, that the second channel or the third cell that the radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the first service and the access network device determine that the wireless channel quality meets the to-be-established The method of the second cell of the service required by the service is similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the method in the embodiment of the present application further includes: S810:
  • the access network device allocates a radio resource for the first service.
  • the method in this embodiment may further include S811-S812:
  • the access network device determines that there is no second cell or a third cell whose radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the first service, the access network device sends a second notification to the first core network device or the first service application server. Message.
  • the second notification message is used to notify the first core network device or the first service application server that the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the first service, and the wireless channel quality does not meet the service requirement of the first service.
  • the second notification message carries the radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information accessed by the UE, the location information of the UE, and the load information of the first cell. At least one of RAT information of the first network, coded information recommended for use, and bandwidth information of the first service.
  • the first service application server receives a second notification message sent by the access network device or the first core network device.
  • the method in this embodiment of the present application further includes: S813:
  • the access network device determines that there is no second cell or a third cell whose radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the first service, the access network device deletes the radio resource allocated for the first service.
  • the first service application server may determine that the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the first service, and then re-transmit the first to the access network device.
  • the first business modification request for the business after the business update may further include S814:
  • the first service application server sends the access network device or the first core network device.
  • the first service modification request is sent, and the first service modification request carries the service requirement after the first service update.
  • the access network device receives the first service modification request sent by the first core network device or the first service application server.
  • the method for the access network device to receive the first service modification request sent by the first core network device or the first service application server, and the first establishment established by the access network device to receive the core network device or the first service application server is similar, and the embodiments of the present application are not described herein again.
  • the access network device can determine whether the radio channel quality of the first cell meets the service requirement of the first service update carried in the first service modification request.
  • the method for determining, by the access network device, whether the radio channel quality of the first cell meets the service requirement of the first service update may refer to the method for determining, by the access network device, whether the radio channel quality of the first cell meets the service requirement of the service to be established, The embodiments of the present application are not described herein again.
  • the first service in the embodiment of the present application is similar to the to-be-established service in the foregoing embodiment, and the coded information of the first service may be the first coded information, and the coded information after the first service update may be the second coded information.
  • the first service application server may determine, when the first service modification request is sent, that the coded information after the first service update is the second coded information, and convert the coded information of the review service from the first coded information to the second coded information.
  • the first service application server may further send a second message to the UE, where the second message is used to indicate that the coded information of the first service is converted from the first coded information to the second coded information.
  • the first service application server may convert the coded information of the first service from the first coded information to the first when determining that the wireless channel requirement corresponding to the first coded information is higher than the wireless channel requirement corresponding to the second coded information.
  • the second encoded information sends a second message to the UE.
  • the access network device may also receive another service service establishment request sent by another service application server for establishing a service different from the first service.
  • the access network device may receive the second core network device or the second.
  • Business application server sends a second setup request, where the second setup request carries a service requirement of the second service, where the service requirement of the second service is used to indicate to the access network device, a radio channel quality requirement for the UE to perform the second service;
  • the device may send a second measurement control command to the UE, where the second measurement control command is used to instruct the UE to measure the radio channel quality of the first cell, and
  • the second measurement report is sent to the access network device, where the second measurement report is used to indicate to the access network device that the radio channel quality of the first cell is not met.
  • Business requirements for the second business is
  • the first service application server may also send a first setup request that carries the service requirement of the first service to the access network device, and determine a service requirement of the first service.
  • the method for the first service application server to determine the service requirement of the first service is similar to the method for the service application server to determine the service requirement of the service to be established in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first service application server may also obtain the “radio channel quality of the first cell, the terminal type information of the UE, and the UE access” for determining the service requirement of the first service before determining the service requirement of the first service.
  • Carrier frequency information, location information of the UE, coding information of the service to be established, load information of the first cell, RAT information of the first network, and bandwidth information of the service to be established (referred to as service request acquisition information).
  • service request acquisition information For the method for the first service application server to obtain the foregoing service request information, refer to the related description in S501-S504 in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the method for the first service application server to determine the service request after the first service update is the same as the method for determining the service request after the service application server is to be established in the foregoing embodiment (ie, the related description in S601-S605) Similarly, the embodiments of the present application are not described herein again.
  • the following describes the service establishment method in the embodiment of the present application by taking the Volte service establishment process of the 4G network as an example.
  • the UE in the embodiment of the present application may be the calling party UE of the Volte service, or may be the called party UE.
  • the access network device may be the corresponding eNB of the calling UE or the eNB corresponding to the called UE.
  • the server may be a corresponding IMS core network device (such as P-CSCF ⁇ S-CSCF ⁇ SCC AS ⁇ ATCF) of the calling UE or an IMS core network device corresponding to the called UE.
  • the service establishment method provided by the embodiment of the present application may include:
  • the IMS core network device receives the request message of the Volte service sent by the calling party UE, establishes a video session for establishing the calling party UE and the called party UE, and performs negotiation of service requirements (such as coding information).
  • the IMS core network device is configured according to the MOS requirement of the Volte service, the radio channel quality of the cell where the UE is located, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information of the UE access, the location information of the UE, the coding information of the video call service, and the cell where the UE is located. At least one of load information, RAT information of a cell in which the UE is located, and bandwidth information of a video call service determines a service requirement of the Volte service.
  • the IMS core network device sends a first setup request of the Volte service to the eNB, to trigger the eNB to allocate the radio resource for the Volte service, where the first setup request carries the service request of the Volte service.
  • S1104 The eNB receives a first setup request for a Volte service.
  • the S1104 may specifically be that the eNB receives a bearer setup request that carries the Volte service RSRP requirement.
  • S1105 The eNB determines that the radio channel quality of the 4G network cell where the UE is located meets the service requirement of the Volte service.
  • the method for determining, by the eNB, that the radio channel quality of the 4G network cell of the UE meets the service requirement of the video call service may refer to the method for determining, by the eNB, whether the radio channel quality of the 4G network cell where the UE is located meets the service requirement of the video call service.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not described herein again.
  • S1106 The eNB allocates radio resources for the Volte service.
  • S1107 The eNB sends a first setup response to the IMS core network device.
  • the first setup response is used to notify the IMS core network device that the access network device accepts the first setup request.
  • the eNB sends a first setup response to the IMS core network device, where the eNB sends the first to the IMS core network device.
  • the eNB sends the first to the IMS core network device.
  • the bearer setup response, the CCR message, the RAR message, or the ASR message shown in FIG. 7 the bearer setup response, the CCR message, the RAR message, or the ASR message shown in FIG. 11 are not carried.
  • the eNB cannot provide the indication information of the radio channel quality indicated by the service request of the video call service, but the indication information that the eNB accepts the first setup request (ie, the service establishment request of the Volte service) or the radio resource reservation succeeds. Instructions.”
  • the eNB may also send the first setup response to the IMS core network device through an interface between the eNB and the IMS core network device or a user plane data packet.
  • the eNB may also send the first setup response to the IMS core network device through an interface between the eNB and the IMS core network device or a user plane data packet.
  • the method in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
  • the eNB determines that the radio channel quality of the 4G network cell where the UE is located does not meet the service requirement of the Volte service.
  • the eNB For a specific method for the eNB to determine that the radio channel quality of the 4G network cell where the UE is located does not meet the service requirements of the voice service, refer to the method for determining, by the eNB, that the radio channel quality of the 4G network cell where the UE is located does not meet the service requirement of the video call service.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not described herein again.
  • the eNB determines that the service requirement of the Volte service includes the first indication information, and sends the first notification message to the IMS core network device.
  • the first notification message is used to notify the IMS core network device that the radio channel quality of the 4G network cell where the UE is located does not meet the service requirements of the Volte service.
  • the first notification message carries the radio channel quality of the 4G network cell (ie, the first cell) where the UE is located, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information of the UE access, the location information of the UE, and the load information of the 4G network cell where the UE is located. At least one of RAT information of the 4G network where the UE is located and bandwidth information of the Volte service.
  • the first notification message in the embodiment of the present application may be a new message that is not defined by the standard.
  • the specific method for the eNB to send the first notification message to the IMS core network device in the S1109 may refer to the specific method for the eNB to send the first setup response to the IMS core network device in the S706 in the foregoing embodiment. The embodiment will not be described again here.
  • the eNB may directly send a first notification message to the IMS core network device through an interface between the eNB and the IMS core network device.
  • the eNB may also send the first notification message to the IMS core network device by using the user plane data packet.
  • the specific method for the eNB to send the first notification message to the IMS core network device by using the interface between the eNB and the IMS core network device or the user plane data packet may refer to the eNB through the eNB and the IMS core network.
  • the method for sending a first setup response to the IMS core network device is not described here.
  • the method in this embodiment of the present application may further include:
  • the eNB determines that the service requirement of the volte service includes the second indication information, and the eNB determines that the second cell has a radio channel quality that satisfies the service requirement of the volte service, the eNB switches the UE to the second cell.
  • the eNB determines that the service requirement of the volte service includes the third indication information, and the eNB determines that the third cell with the radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the volte service, the eNB switches the UE to the third cell.
  • the method in this embodiment may further include: if the eNB determines that there is no wireless The second cell or the third cell whose channel quality meets the service requirements of the Volte service, and the eNB sends a second notification message to the IMS core network device.
  • the IMS core network device receives the second notification message sent by the eNB.
  • the second notification message is used to notify: the IMS core network device that the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the Volte service, and there is no second cell or third cell in which the radio channel quality meets the service requirement of the Volte service. .
  • the radio channel quality of the 4G network cell (ie, the first cell) in the second notification message, the terminal type information of the UE, the carrier frequency information of the UE access, the location information of the UE, the load information of the 4G network cell where the UE is located, and the UE At least one of RAT information of the 4G network and bandwidth information of the Volte service.
  • the IMS core network device determines, according to the received first notification message or the second notification message, the service requirement after the updated Volte service.
  • the method for determining, by the IMS core network device, the updated service requirement of the Volte service according to the received first notification message or the second notification message may refer to the IMS core network device receiving the first setup response or the second in S707.
  • the method for establishing a response and determining the service requirement of the video call service after the update is not described herein again.
  • the IMS core network device sends a first service modification request of the Volte service to the eNB, where the first service modification request carries the service request after the updated Volte service.
  • the specific method for the IMS core network device to send the first service modification request of the Volte service to the eNB in the S1111 may refer to the S708 in the foregoing embodiment, where the IMS core network device sends the video call service to the eNB.
  • the specific method for the second establishment request is not described herein again.
  • S1112 The eNB receives a first service modification request sent by the IMS core network device.
  • the eNB receiving the first service modification request sent by the IMS core network device may specifically receive the bearer setup request that carries the updated RSRP request.
  • the eNB may continue to determine whether the radio channel quality of the 4G network cell where the UE is located meets the service requirement of the updated Volte service, and the subsequent corresponding process. As shown in FIG. 11, the method in this embodiment of the present application may further include S1112 and subsequent operations. After S1112, the eNB may determine whether the radio channel quality of the cell of the 4G network where the UE is located meets the service requirement of the updated Volte service carried in the first service modification request.
  • the IMS core network device may further terminate the foregoing Volte service after receiving the first notification message or the second notification message.
  • the method for the IMS core network device to terminate the voice service according to the first notification message or the second notification message may refer to the method for the IMS core network device to terminate the video call service according to the first setup response or the second setup response.
  • the IMS core network device may deliver the service requirement of the Volte service to the eNB.
  • the eNB may receive a service establishment request carrying a service request of the Volte service.
  • the eNB may use the service requirement of the received Volte service as a quasi-entry limit for the establishment of the Volte service, that is, when the radio signal quality of the cell where the UE is located does not meet the service requirement of the Volte service, the eNB may refuse to allocate radio resources for the Volte service.
  • the network side can adaptively determine the quasi-entry limit of service establishment according to requirements, and avoid the problems of the error and inflexibility of determining the quasi-entry limit based on the empirical value in the prior art solution.
  • the network side may adjust the service requirement according to the actual network condition or switch the UE to another cell.
  • the service can be executed normally and the user experience brought by the execution of the service is improved.
  • the calling party UE and the IMS core network device responsible for the Volte service (referred to as the IMS core network device 1, that is, the first service application server in the foregoing embodiment) and the called UE are successfully established
  • the calling party UE can save the service request of the Volte service delivered by the IMS core network device responsible for the Volte service to the threshold for measurement reporting.
  • the IMS core network device that is responsible for the second service (such as the video call service) is recorded as the IMS core network device 2, that is, the second service application server in the foregoing embodiment. That is, the above-mentioned Volte service is the first service in the above embodiment, and the video call service is the second service in the above embodiment.
  • the method in this embodiment may further include S1201:
  • the IMS core network device 2 sends a second setup request to the eNB to trigger the eNB to allocate radio resources for the video call service, where the second setup request carries the service requirement of the video call service.
  • S1202 The eNB receives a second setup request sent by the IMS core network device 2.
  • the eNB determines that the service requirement of the Volte service is lower than the service requirement of the video call service.
  • the service requirements of the Volte service and the service requirements of the video call service are both RSRP requirements.
  • the eNB can directly compare the RSRP requirements of the Volte service with the RSRP requirements of the video call service. Assuming that the RSRP requirement of the Volte service is -115 dBm and the RSRP requirement of the video call service is -110 dBm, the eNB determines that the service requirement of the Volte service is lower than the service requirement of the video call service.
  • the ENB can first map the SINR requirement of the video call service to the RSRP requirement (such as -110dBm), or can first map the RSRP requirement of the Volte service to the SINR requirement (such as 2 dBm), then compare.
  • the eNB determines that the radio channel quality of the currently camped 4G cell cannot meet the service requirement of the video call service.
  • the eNB can compare the service requirements of the two services, and select a higher service requirement, such as a service requirement of the video call service, as the UE. Measure the reported threshold. This is advantageous for the eNB to determine in time whether the downlink radio channel quality of the cell in which the UE is located meets the handover threshold corresponding to the service requirement of the current service (such as a video call service), and can promptly trigger the UE to switch to another cell or notification service that satisfies the video call service requirement.
  • the application server promptly modifies the service requirements of the corresponding service.
  • the service requirement of the video call service is higher than the service requirement of the Volte service
  • the downlink radio channel quality of the cell where the UE is located satisfies the service requirement of the video call service
  • the downlink radio channel quality of the cell where the UE is located must satisfy the Volte service.
  • the business requirements ensure the normal execution of the Volte service and guarantee the quality of its voice calls.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application is exemplified by taking the method of simultaneously performing the Volte service and the video call service as an example.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may be extended to other services.
  • the IMS core network device can also update the service requirements of the Volte service in real time.
  • the parameters that affect the service requirements of the Volte service include, but are not limited to, the radio channel quality (such as RSRP, RSRQ, SINR, etc.) of the 4G network cell where the UE is located, the location where the UE is located, the access carrier frequency information of the UE, and the time information.
  • the IMS core network device can update the service requirements of the Volte service in real time according to the changes of the above parameters.
  • the IMS core network device can obtain the above parameters affecting the service requirements of the Volte service from the UE.
  • the IMS core network device in order to adapt to changes in the number of network users, the IMS core network device also Different service requirements can be delivered to the eNB for the Volte service in different time periods.
  • the RSRP requirement for busy hours (such as most users during the day) can be -110dBm
  • the RSRP requirement for idle time (when the number of users at night is small) can be -120dBm.
  • the IMS core network device can determine that the RSRP requirement can be updated from -110 dBm to -120 dBm when detecting that the time information changes from busy to idle.
  • the IMS core network device may update the service request of the Volte service to the service request corresponding to the current coded information when the coded information negotiated between the calling party UE and the IMS core network device and the called UE is changed.
  • the IMS core network device may also update the service requirements of the Volte service in real time according to the change of the MOS of the Volte service. For example, if the current MOS of the Volte service is 3.5, which is lower than the MOS preset requirement value 4 of the Volte service, the IMS core network device can update the service requirement of the Volte service to the service requirement corresponding to the MOS of 3.5.
  • the service establishment method provided by the embodiment of the present application can update the service requirements of the Volte service in real time to ensure the normal execution of the Volte service and ensure the quality of the voice call.
  • the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced from the perspective of the interaction between the access network device and the service application server and the core network device.
  • the access network device and the service application server include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing the respective functions in order to implement the above functions.
  • the present application can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in conjunction with the examples of access network devices and service application servers and algorithm steps described in the embodiments disclosed herein. . Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application may divide a module or a unit into an access network device and a service application server according to the foregoing method. For example, each module or unit may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated in the In a processing module.
  • the division of modules or units in the embodiments of the present application is schematic. For the division of only one logical function, there may be another way of dividing the actual implementation.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram showing a possible structure of an access network device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the access network device 1200 includes a receiving module 1201, a determining module 1202, a sending module 1203, and a switching module 1204.
  • the receiving module 1201 is configured to receive a request message or other type of message sent by a service application server, a core network device, and a device such as a UE.
  • the receiving module 1201 is configured to support S302 in any of FIGS. 3-6, S311 in FIG. 6, S704, S709 in FIG. 7, and any of FIGS. 8-10.
  • the determining module 1202 is configured to determine whether the radio channel quality of the first cell of the first network where the UE is located meets the service requirement of the service to be established. For example, the determining module 1202 is configured to support S303 in any of FIGS. 3-6, S705, S710 in FIG. 7, S804 in any of FIGS. 8-10, and in FIG. S1105, S1108, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the sending module 1203 is configured to send a response message, a query message, or other type of message to a service application server, a core network device, and a UE. For example, the sending module 1203 is configured to support S304 in FIG. 3, S304' in any of FIG. 4-6, S308 in FIG. 5 or FIG.
  • the switching module 1204 is configured to perform cell handover on the UE when the determining module 1202 determines that the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the to-be-established service.
  • the switching module 1204 is configured to support S306, 307 in FIG. 3, S306', 307' in any of FIGS. 4-6, S807, S808 in FIG. 8, and FIG. 9 or FIG. S807', S808', and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the access network device 1200 includes, but is not limited to, the above-mentioned functional modules.
  • the access network device 1200 may further include when the determining module 1202 determines that the wireless channel quality of the first cell meets the service requirement of the service to be established. Allocating an allocation module of the radio resource to the UE, and when the determining module 1202 determines that the radio channel quality of the first cell does not meet the service requirement of the service to be established, deleting the allocation module as the UE Deleting modules for wireless resources, etc.
  • the functions that can be implemented by the foregoing functional modules include, but are not limited to, the functions corresponding to the method steps described in the foregoing examples.
  • the other functional units of the access network device 1200 and the functional units of the access network device 1200 may be described in detail. Reference is made to the detailed description of the corresponding method steps, and details are not described herein again.
  • the above modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules or functional units.
  • the functional modules such as the determining module 1202, the switching module 1204, the assigning module, and the deleting module may be integrated into one processing unit, and the processing unit may be a processor or a controller, for example, may be a CPU.
  • the processing unit may be a processor or a controller, for example, may be a CPU.
  • general purpose processor digital signal processor (English: Digital Signal Processor, referred to as: DSP), ASIC (English: Application-Specific Integrated Circuit, referred to as: ASIC), field programmable gate array (English: Field Programmable Gate Array , abbreviated as: FPGA) or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processing unit may also be a combination of computing functions, such as one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the receiving module 1201 and the transmitting module 1203 may be implemented by being integrated in a communication unit, which may be a communication interface, a transceiver circuit or a transceiver, or the like.
  • the access network device 1200 involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the access network device 1300 shown in FIG.
  • the access network device 1300 includes one or more processors 1301, a transceiver 1302, a memory 1303, and a bus 1304.
  • the processor 1301, the transceiver 1302, and the memory 1303 are connected to each other through a bus 1304.
  • the memory is used to store one or more applications, and the one or more applications include instructions.
  • the access network device 1300 executes the instructions, the access network device 1300 performs any of the following FIG.
  • the related method steps in the figure are implemented by interacting with a device such as a service application server to implement the service establishment method in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the bus 1304 may be a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bus.
  • PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect
  • EISA Extended Industry Standard Architecture
  • the bus 1304 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 13, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a non-volatile storage medium, where the one or more program codes are stored in the non-volatile storage medium, when the processor 1301 of the access network device 1300 executes the program code,
  • the access network device 1300 performs the related method steps in any of the figures in FIG. 4 to interact with the service application server and the like to implement the service establishment method in the foregoing embodiment.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram showing a possible structure of a service application server involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the service application server 1400 includes a sending module 1401 and a receiving module 1402.
  • the sending module 1401 is configured to send a request message or other type of message to the access network device, the core network device, and the UE.
  • the sending module 1401 is configured to support S301 in any of the figures in FIG. 3-6, S310 in FIG. 6, S703, S708 in FIG. 7, and any one of FIGS. 8-10.
  • the receiving module 1402 is configured to receive a response message, a query message, or other type of message sent by the access network device, the core network device, and the UE.
  • the receiving module 1402 is configured to support S305 in any of FIGS. 3-6, S309 in FIG. 5 or FIG. 6, S707 in FIG. 7, S806 in FIG. 8-10, FIG. S812 in, S1107, S1109 in Figure 11, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the service application server 1400 may further include: a determining module 1403.
  • the determining module 1403 is configured to determine a service requirement of the service to be established. Or the service requirement after the service update is to be established, for example, the determining module 1403 is configured to support S702, S707 in FIG. 7, S1102, S1110 in FIG. 11, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module 1402 may be further configured to receive the related information that is used by the determining module 1403 to determine a service requirement of the service to be established or a service request after the service update is to be established.
  • the business application server 1400 includes, but is not limited to, the functional modules enumerated above.
  • the business application server 1400 may further include a conversion module for performing encoding information conversion.
  • the functions that can be implemented by the foregoing functional modules include, but are not limited to, the functions corresponding to the method steps described in the foregoing examples.
  • the detailed descriptions of the other functional units of the service application server 1400 and the functional units of the service application server 1400 may refer to The detailed description of the corresponding method steps is not described herein again.
  • the functional modules such as the above-mentioned determining module 1403 and the conversion module may be integrated into one processing unit, and the processing unit may be a processor or a controller, such as a CPU, a general-purpose processor, or a DSP. ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processing unit may also be a combination of computing functions, such as one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the foregoing sending module 1401 and receiving module 1402 may be implemented by being integrated in a communication unit, which may be a communication interface, a transceiver circuit or a transceiver, or the like.
  • the service application server 1400 involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the service application server 1600 shown in FIG. 16 when the processing unit is a processor and the communication unit is a communication interface.
  • the business application server 1600 includes one or more processors 1601, a transceiver 1602, a memory 1603, and a bus 1604.
  • the processor 1601, the transceiver 1602, and the memory 1603 are mutually connected by a bus 1604.
  • the memory is used to store one or more applications, and the one or more applications include instructions.
  • the business application server 1600 executes any of the figures in FIGS. 3-11.
  • the service establishment method in the foregoing embodiment is implemented by interacting with a device such as a service application server.
  • the bus 1604 can be a PCI bus or an EISA bus.
  • the bus 1604 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 16, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a non-volatile storage medium, where the one or more program codes are stored in the non-volatile storage medium, when the processor 1601 of the business application server 1600 executes the program code,
  • the service application server 1600 performs the related method steps in any of the figures in FIG. 4 and FIG. 11 to implement the service establishment method in the foregoing embodiment by interacting with a device such as a service application server.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be used. Combinations can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically divided
  • the components displayed as the unit may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present application, in essence or the contribution to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium.
  • the instructions include a plurality of instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor (English: processor) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read only memory (English: Read-Only Memory, abbreviated as: ROM), a random access memory (English: Random Access Memory, abbreviated as: RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like.
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • RAM Random Access Memory

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例公开了一种业务建立方法及设备，涉及通信技术领域，用以解决在接收到业务建立请求后，强行为UE分配无线资源而导致业务无法正常执行的问题。具体方案为：接入网设备接收核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送的第一建立请求，第一建立请求中携带有待建立业务的业务要求；当接入网设备确定UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应，该第一建立响应用于通知核心网设备或者业务应用服务器：第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求，或者，将UE切换至第一网络的第二小区，或者，将UE切换至第二网络的第三小区。本申请用于业务建立的过程中。

Description

一种业务建立方法及设备 技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种业务建立方法及设备。
背景技术
长期演进(英文：Long Term Evolution，简称：LTE)网络的语音业务被称为长期演进网络语音传输(英文：Voice over LTE，简称：VoLTE)业务，目前越来越多的运营商开始商用VoLTE，且越来越多的用户设备(英文：User Equipment，简称：UE)能够支持VoLTE业务。
然而，现有技术中，当UE处于LTE网络弱覆盖区域时，无法保证Volte业务的正常执行或者执行Volte业务所带来的用户体验较差的问题。
发明内容
本申请的实施例提供一种业务建立方法及设备，用以解决在接收到业务建立请求后，强行为UE分配无线资源而导致业务无法正常执行或者执行业务所带来的用户体验较差的问题。
第一方面，提供一种业务建立方法，包括：接入网设备接收核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送的第一建立请求，第一建立请求中携带有待建立业务的业务要求，待建立业务的业务要求用于向接入网设备指示UE执行待建立业务的无线信道质量要求；当接入网设备确定UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，该接入网设备向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应，该第一建立响应用于通知核心网设备或者业务应用服务器：第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求，或者，将UE切换至第一网络的第二小区，或者，将UE切换至第二网络的第三小区。
本实施例的技术方案中，在为UE建立业务的过程中，业务应用服务器可根据业务所需和实时情况为接入网设备下发所对应的业务要求信息。相应的，接入网设备可将接收到的业务要求信息作为业务建立的准入门限，即对于UE所在小区的无线信号质量不满足业务要求时，接入网设备通知业务应用服务器，以使业务应用服务器做出相应的调整；或者接入网设备可将UE切换至其他能满足该业务要求的小区，以便在其他小区完成业务的建立。通过本方案，接入网设备可以将业务应用服务器发生的待建立业务的业务要求作为业务建立的准入门限，避免了现有技术方案中仅根据经验值决定准入门限的误差以及不灵活性等问题。同时，对于UE的小区信号质量未达到准入门限的场景(即第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求的场景)，例如网络信号弱覆盖区域，网络侧可根据实际网络情况调整业务要求或将UE切换至其他小区，可以保证在创建业务后，该业务可以正常执行并且提高执行该业务所带来的用户体验。
在一种可能的实现方式中，业务应用服务器可以通过待建立业务的业务要求包含的指示信息(如第一指示信息)指示接入网设备：在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应。具体的，上述“接入网设备向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应”可以包括：若接入网设备确定待建立业务的业务要求中包含第一指示信息，则向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应。其中，第一指示信息用于指示接入网设备在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应。
在一种可能的实现方式中，业务应用服务器可以通过待建立业务的业务要求包含的指示信息(如第二指示信息)指示接入网设备：在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，将UE切换至第二小区。具体的，上述“接入网设备将UE切换至第一网 络的第二小区”可以包括：若接入网设备确定待建立业务的业务要求中包含第二指示信息，且接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区，接入网设备则将UE切换至第二小区。其中，第二指示信息用于指示接入网设备在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，将UE切换至第二小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中，业务应用服务器可以通过待建立业务的业务要求包含的指示信息(如第三指示信息)指示接入网设备：在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，将UE切换至第三小区。上述“接入网设备将UE切换至第二网络的第三小区”可以包括：若接入网设备确定待建立业务的业务要求中包含第三指示信息，且接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第三小区，接入网设备则将UE切换至第三小区。其中，第三指示信息用于指示接入网设备在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，将UE切换至第三小区。
本方案中，接入网设备可以根据待建立业务的业务要求中的指示信息的指示，在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，执行“向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应”、“将UE切换至第二小区”或者“将UE切换至第三小区”。
在一种可能的实现方式中，可能并不存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区。在这种情况下，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：若接入网设备确定不存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区，接入网设备则向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第二建立响应。其中，第二建立响应用于通知核心网设备或者业务应用服务器：第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求，且不存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区。如此，接入网设备可以在不存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区时，通过向业务应用服务器发生第二建立 响应指示“第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求，且不存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区”的指示，使得业务应用服务器可以根据实际网络情况调整待建立业务的业务要求。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一建立响应和第二建立响应中均携带有第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的无线接入制式(英文：Radio Access Technology，简称：RAT)信息以及待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。可以想到的是，第一建立响应和第二建立响应中携带的上述信息可以用于业务应用服务器重新确定待建立业务的业务要求，即待建立业务更新后的业务要求。
在一种可能的实现方式中，UE的位置信息包括：UE所在的小区标识、UE所在基站标识、UE所在的跟踪区标识(英文：Tracking Area Identity，简称：TAI)、UE所在的位置区标识(英文：Location Area Identity，简称：LAI)和UE所在路由区标识(英文：Routing Area Identity，简称：RAI)中的至少一项。
在一种可能的实现方式中，业务应用服务器可以在接收到用于指示第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求的第一建立响应或者第二建立响应后，则可以修改待建立业务的业务要求得到待建立业务更新后的业务要求，然后重新向接入网设备发起业务建立请求。具体的，在上述“接入网设备向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应或者第二建立响应”之后，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：接入网设备接收核心网设备或业务应用服务器发送的第二建立请求，第二建立请求中携带有待建立业务更新后的业务要求。其中，接入网设备可以接收业务应用服务器发送的用于请求重新建立上述待建立业务的第二建立请求，该第二建立请求中携带的待建立业务更新后的业务要求可以为：业务应用服务器根据上述第一建立响应或者第二建立响应中携带的信息确定的。
在一种可能的实现方式中，接入网设备可以通过向UE发送策 略控制命令的方式来确定是否存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区。本申请实施例这里以第四小区代表第二小区或者第三小区，对接入网设备确定是否存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区的方法进行说明。具体的，接入网设备可以采用以下两种方式“确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第四小区”：方式一、接入网设备向UE下发测量控制命令，测量控制命令用于指示UE对第四小区无线信道质量进行测量，接入网设备接收UE上报的测量报告，测量报告中携带有UE对第四小区无线信道质量进行测量得到的测量结果，接入网设备根据测量结果，确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第四小区；方式二、接入网设备向UE下发测量控制命令，测量控制命令中携带有根据待建立业务的业务要求确定的测量上报条件，测量控制命令用于指示UE对第四小区无线信道质量进行测量，测量上报条件用于指示UE在确定第四小区的无线信道质量满足测量上报条件时，向接入网设备上报测量报告，若接入网设备接收到UE上报的测量报告，则接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第四小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中，待建立业务的业务要求包括：待建立业务的业务类型指示信息、待建立业务的无线信道要求、待建立业务的编码信息、UE的编码信息列表和UE的终端类型中的至少一项；其中，UE的编码信息列表中包含UE和业务应用服务器均支持的编码信息。可以想到的是，一个UE可以支持至少两种编码信息，每一种编码信息对应一种编码类型和编码速率集。
在一种可能的实现方式中，待建立业务的无线信道要求包括：参考信号接收功率(英文：Reference Signal Receiving Power，简称：RSRP)要求，参考信号接收质量(英文：Reference Signal Receiving Quality，简称：RSRQ)要求，信号干扰噪声比(英文：Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio，简称：SINR)要求中的至少一项。
在一种可能的实现方式中，待建立业务的编码信息包括：待建 立业务的编码类型信息和待建立业务的编码速率集信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，无线信道质量包括：RSRP，RSRQ，SINR中的至少一项。
在一种可能的实现方式中，UE的终端类型信息包括：UE的国际移动设备标识(英文：International Mobile Equipment Identity，简称：IMEI)、IMEI的型号批准码(英文：Type Approval Code，简称：TAC)和UE的国际移动用户识别码(英文：International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number，简称：IMSI)中的至少一项。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一网络可以为第五代移动通信技术(英文：The Fifth Generation wireless telephone technology，简称：5G)网络、第四代移动通信技术(英文：The Fourth Generation wireless telephone technology，简称：4G)网络中的任意一项；第二网络可以为4G网络、第三代移动通信技术(英文：The Third Generation wireless telephone technology，简称：3G)、第二代移动通信技术(英文：The Second Generation wireless telephone technology，简称：2G)网络中的任意一项。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述“接入网设备确定UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求”的方法可以包括：接入网设备确定第一小区的无线信道质量满足UE的编码信息列表中的至少一种编码信息所要求的无线信道质量，但第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的编码信息所要求的无线信道质量。
第二方面，提供一种业务建立方法，包括：业务应用服务器向接入网设备或者核心网设备发送第一建立请求，第一建立请求中携带有待建立业务的业务要求，待建立业务的业务要求用于向接入网设备或者核心网设备指示用户设备UE执行待建立业务的无线信道质量要求；业务应用服务器接收接入网设备或者核心网设备发送的第一建立响应，第一建立响应用于通知业务应用服务器：UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求， 或者，业务应用服务器接收接入网设备或者核心网设备发送的第二建立响应，第二建立响应用于通知业务应用服务器：UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求，且不存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区，第二小区位于第一网络，第三小区位于第二网络。
其中，业务应用服务器向接入网设备发送的第一建立请求携带有待建立业务的业务要求，接入网设备可将接收到的业务要求信息作为业务建立的准入门限，即对于UE所在小区的无线信号质量不满足业务要求时，接入网设备通知业务应用服务器，以使业务应用服务器做出相应的调整；或者接入网设备可将UE切换至其他能满足该业务要求的小区，以便在其他小区完成业务的建立。通过本方案，接入网设备可以将业务应用服务器发生的待建立业务的业务要求作为业务建立的准入门限，避免了现有技术方案中仅根据经验值决定准入门限的误差以及不灵活性等问题。同时，对于UE的小区信号质量未达到准入门限的场景(即第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求的场景)，例如网络信号弱覆盖区域，网络侧可根据实际网络情况调整业务要求或将UE切换至其他小区，可以保证在创建业务后，该业务可以正常执行并且提高执行该业务所带来的用户体验。
在一种可能的实现方式中，业务应用服务器可以在向接入网设备发送第一建立请求之前，确定待建立业务的业务要求。具体的，业务应用服务器可以采用如下方式确定待建立业务的业务要求：方式一、业务应用服务器根据待建立业务的平均意见分(英文：Mean Opinion Score，简称：MOS)要求、第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项，确定待建立业务的业务要求。方式二、业务应用服务器向第三方网络设备发送第一查询请求，第一查询请求中携带有待建立业务的MOS要求、 第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项，业务应用服务器接收第三方网络设备发送的第一查询响应，第一查询响应中携带有待建立业务的业务要求。
在一种可能的实现方式中，业务应用服务器还可以在确定待建立业务的业务要求之前，先获得用于确定该待建立业务的业务要求的相关信息，如“第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项”。具体的，在上述“业务应用服务器确定待建立业务的业务要求或者业务应用服务器接收第三方网络设备发送的第一查询响应”之前，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：业务应用服务器向核心网设备或者UE或者接入网设备发送第二查询请求；业务应用服务器接收核心网设备或者UE或者接入网设备发送的第二查询响应，第二查询响应中携带有第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
在一种可能的实现方式中，业务应用服务器还可以采用如下方式，获得用于确定该待建立业务的业务要求的相关信息。具体的，在上述“业务应用服务器确定待建立业务的业务要求或者业务应用服务器接收第三方网络设备发送的第一查询响应”之前，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：业务应用服务器接收UE发送的第一消息，第一消息中携带有第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
在一种可能的实现方式中，业务应用服务器可以在接收到第一建立响应或者第二建立响应后，根据待建立业务的MOS要求、第一建立响应或者第二建立响应中携带的“第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息和UE的编码信息列表中的至少一项”，确定待建立业务更新后的业务要求，UE的编码信息列表中包含UE和业务应用服务器均支持的编码信息。或者，业务应用服务器可以向第三方网络设备发送第三查询请求，第三查询请求中携带有待建立业务的MOS要求、第一建立响应或者第二建立响应中携带的“第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息和UE的编码信息列表中的至少一项”，UE的编码信息列表中包含UE和业务应用服务器均支持的编码信息，业务应用服务器接收第三方网络设备发送的第三查询响应，第一查询响应中携带有待建立业务更新后的业务要求。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在上述“业务应用服务器确定待建立业务更新后的业务要求或者接收第三方网络设备发送的第三查询响应”之后，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：业务应用服务器向接入网设备核心网设备发送第二建立请求，第二建立请求中携带有待建立业务更新后的业务要求。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在上述“业务应用服务器接收接入网设备发送的第一建立响应或第二建立响应”之后，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：业务应用服务器根据第一建立响应或第二建立响应中携带的第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项，确定终止待建立业务；业务应用 服务器向UE发送待建立业务的删除消息，待建立业务的删除消息用于指示UE终止待建立业务。
在一种可能的实现方式中，业务应用服务器可以采用以下方式向接入网设备发送第一建立请求：方式一、业务应用服务器经核心网设备向接入网设备下发第一建立请求；方式二、业务应用服务器经业务应用服务器与接入网设备之间的接口，向接入网设备下发第一建立请求。
在一种可能的实现方式中，待建立业务更新后的业务要求中包括的待建立业务更新后的编码信息为第二编码信息。本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：业务应用服务器确定待建立业务的编码信息为第一编码信息；业务应用服务器确定待建立业务更新后的编码信息为第二编码信息；业务应用服务器将待建立业务的编码信息由第一编码信息转换为第二编码信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，业务应用服务器向UE发送第二消息，第二消息用于指示待建立业务的编码信息由第一编码信息转换为第二编码信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，业务应用服务器还可以在确定第一编码信息对应的无线信道要求高于第二编码信息对应的无线信道要求时，将待建立业务的编码信息由第一编码信息转换为第二编码信息。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例第二方面及其各种可能的实现方式中的待建立业务的业务要求、待建立业务更新后的业务要求、待建立业务的无线信道要求、待建立业务的编码信息、无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、第一网络、第二网络、第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第一建立响应和第二建立响应，以及第一建立响应和第二建立响应中携带的信息的详细描述可以参考本申请实施例第一方面的可能的实现方式中的相关描述，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
第三方面，还提供一种接入网设备，包括：接收模块、确定模 块、发送模块和切换模块。其中，接收模块，用于接收核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送的第一建立请求，第一建立请求中携带有待建立业务的业务要求，待建立业务的业务要求用于向接入网设备指示UE执行待建立业务的无线信道质量要求。确定模块，用于确定UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量是否满足待建立业务的业务要求。发送模块，用于在确定模块确定第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应，第一建立响应用于通知核心网设备或者业务应用服务器：第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求，或者，切换模块，用于在确定模块确定第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，将UE切换至第一网络的第二小区，或者，将UE切换至第二网络的第三小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中，确定模块，还用于确定待建立业务的业务要求中是否包含第一指示信息。发送模块，具体用于若确定模块确定待建立业务的业务要求中包含第一指示信息，则向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应。其中，第一指示信息用于指示接入网设备在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应。
在一种可能的实现方式中，确定模块，还用于确定待建立业务的业务要求中是否包含第二指示信息；确定是否存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区。切换模块，具体用于若确定模块确定待建立业务的业务要求中包含第二指示信息，且确定模块确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区，则将UE切换至第二小区。其中，第二指示信息用于指示接入网设备在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，将UE切换至第二小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中，确定模块，还用于确定待建立业务的业务要求中是否包含第三指示信息；确定是否存在无线信道质量 满足待建立业务的业务要求的第三小区。切换模块，具体用于若确定模块确定待建立业务的业务要求中包含第三指示信息，且确定模块确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第三小区，则将UE切换至第三小区。其中，第三指示信息用于指示接入网设备在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，将UE切换至第三小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中，发送模块，还用于若确定模块确定不存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区，则向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第二建立响应。其中，第二建立响应用于通知核心网设备或者业务应用服务器：第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求，且不存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中，接收模块，还用于在发送模块向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应或者第二建立响应之后，接收核心网设备或业务应用服务器发送的第二建立请求，第二建立请求中携带有待建立业务更新后的业务要求。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第四小区为第二小区或者第三小区。确定模块，具体用于：向UE下发测量控制命令，测量控制命令用于指示UE对第四小区无线信道质量进行测量，接收UE上报的测量报告，测量报告中携带有UE对第四小区无线信道质量进行测量得到的测量结果，根据测量结果，确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第四小区。或者，确定模块，具体用于：向UE下发测量控制命令，测量控制命令中携带有根据待建立业务的业务要求确定的测量上报条件，测量控制命令用于指示UE对第四小区无线信道质量进行测量，测量上报条件用于指示UE在确定第四小区的无线信道质量满足测量上报条件时，向接入网设备上报测量报告，若接收到UE上报的测量报告，则确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第四小区。
在一种可能的实现方式中，确定模块，用于确定UE所在第一 网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求，具体为：确定模块，用于确定第一小区的无线信道质量满足UE的编码信息列表中的至少一种编码信息所要求的无线信道质量，但第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的编码信息所要求的无线信道质量。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例第三方面及其各种可能的实现方式中的待建立业务的业务要求、待建立业务更新后的业务要求、待建立业务的无线信道要求、待建立业务的编码信息、无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、第一网络、第二网络、第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第一建立响应和第二建立响应，以及第一建立响应和第二建立响应中携带的信息的详细描述可以参考本申请实施例第一方面的可能的实现方式中的相关描述，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
第四方面，提供一种接入网设备，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、总线系统、接收器、发送器以及一个或多个应用程序。一个或多个处理器、存储器、接收器和发送器通过总线系统相连。一个或多个应用程序存储在存储器中，一个或多个应用程序包括指令，当接入网设备的处理器执行指令时，接入网设备执行如第一方面及其各种可能的实现方式中的业务建立方法。
第五方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有一个或多个程序，一个或多个程序包括指令，当接入网设备的处理器执行指令时，接入网设备执行如第一方面及其各种可能的实现方式中的业务建立方法。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例的第三方面、第四方面及其各种可能的实现方式中的接入网设备中的各个功能模块，是为了实现第一方面及其各种可能的实现方式中的业务建立方法，而对接入网设备做功能划分得到的，第三方面、第四方面及其各种可能的实现方式中的各个功能模块所实现功能的具体描述及其效果分析可以参考第一方面及其各种可能的实现方式中的详细描述，本申请实施例这 里不再赘述。
第六方面，提供一种业务应用服务器，包括：发送模块和接收模块。其中，发送模块，用于向接入网设备或者核心网设备发送第一建立请求，第一建立请求中携带有待建立业务的业务要求，待建立业务的业务要求用于向接入网设备或者核心网设备指示UE执行待建立业务的无线信道质量要求。接收模块，用于接收接入网设备或者核心网设备发送的第一建立响应，第一建立响应用于通知业务应用服务器：UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求。或者，接收模块，用于接收接入网设备或者核心网设备发送的第二建立响应，第二建立响应用于通知业务应用服务器：UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求，且不存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区，第二小区位于第一网络，第三小区位于第二网络。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述业务应用服务器，还可以包括：确定模块。确定模块，用于在发送模块向接入网设备发送第一建立请求之前，根据待建立业务的MOS要求、第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项，确定待建立业务的业务要求。或者，确定模块，用于在发送模块向接入网设备发送第一建立请求之前，向第三方网络设备发送第一查询请求，第一查询请求中携带有待建立业务的MOS要求、第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、所述待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项，接收第三方网络设备发送的第一查询响应，第一查询响应中携带有待建立业务的业务要求。
在一种可能的实现方式中，发送模块，还用于在确定模块确定 待建立业务的业务要求之前，向核心网设备或者UE或者接入网设备发送第二查询请求。接收模块，还用于接收核心网设备或者UE或者接入网设备发送的第二查询响应，第二查询响应中携带有第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
在一种可能的实现方式中，发送模块，还用于在确定模块确定待建立业务的业务要求之前，接收UE发送的第一消息，第一消息中携带有第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
在一种可能的实现方式中，确定模块，还用于在接收模块接收接入网设备发送的第一建立响应或第二建立响应之后，根据待建立业务的MOS要求、第一建立响应中携带的第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息和UE的编码信息列表中的至少一项，确定待建立业务更新后的业务要求，UE的编码信息列表中包含UE和业务应用服务器均支持的编码信息。或者，确定模块，还用于在接收模块接收接入网设备发送的第一建立响应或第二建立响应之后，向第三方网络设备发送第三查询请求，第三查询请求中携带有待建立业务的MOS要求、第一建立响应中携带的第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息和UE的编码信息列表中的至少一项，UE的编码信息列表中包含UE和业务应用服务器均支持的编码信息，接收第三方网络设备发送的第三查询响应，第一查询响应中携带有待 建立业务更新后的业务要求。
在一种可能的实现方式中，发送模块，还用于在确定模块确定待建立业务更新后的业务要求之后，向接入网设备核心网设备发送第二建立请求，第二建立请求中携带有确定模块确定的待建立业务更新后的业务要求。
在一种可能的实现方式中，确定模块，还用于在接收模块接收接入网设备发送的第一建立响应或第二建立响应之后，根据第一建立响应或第二建立响应中携带的第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项，确定终止待建立业务。发送模块，还用于向UE发送待建立业务的删除消息，待建立业务的删除消息用于指示UE终止待建立业务。
在一种可能的实现方式中，发送模块，具体用于：经核心网设备向接入网设备下发第一建立请求；或者，经业务应用服务器与接入网设备之间的接口，向接入网设备下发第一建立请求。
在一种可能的实现方式中，待建立业务更新后的业务要求中包括的待建立业务更新后的编码信息为第二编码信息。确定模块，还用于确定待建立业务的编码信息为第一编码信息；确定待建立业务更新后的编码信息为第二编码信息。业务应用服务器，还可以包括转换模块。转换模块，用于将待建立业务的编码信息由第一编码信息转换为第二编码信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，发送模块，还用于向UE发送第二消息，第二消息用于指示待建立业务的编码信息由第一编码信息转换为第二编码信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，确定模块，还用于确定第一编码信息对应的无线信道要求高于第二编码信息对应的无线信道要求。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例第六方面及其各种可能的实现方式中的待建立业务的业务要求、待建立业务更新后的业务要求、待 建立业务的无线信道要求、待建立业务的编码信息、无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、第一网络、第二网络、第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第一建立响应和第二建立响应，以及第一建立响应和第二建立响应中携带的信息的详细描述可以参考本申请实施例第一方面的可能的实现方式中的相关描述，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
第七方面，提供一种业务应用服务器，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、总线系统、接收器、发送器以及一个或多个应用程序，一个或多个处理器、存储器、接收器和发送器通过所述总线系统相连。所述一个或多个应用程序存储在所述存储器中，所述一个或多个应用程序包括指令，当所述业务应用服务器的处理器执行所述指令时，所述业务应用服务器执行如第二方面及其各种可能的实现方式所述的业务建立方法。
第八方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有一个或多个程序，所述一个或多个程序包括指令，当所述业务应用服务器的处理器执行所述指令时，所述业务应用服务器执行如第二方面及其各种可能的实现方式所述的业务建立方法。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例的第六方面、第七方面及其各种可能的实现方式中所述的业务应用服务器中的各个功能模块，是为了实现第二方面及其各种可能的实现方式中所述的业务建立方法，而对业务应用服务器做功能划分得到的，第六方面、第七方面及其各种可能的实现方式中的各个功能模块所实现功能的具体描述及其效果分析可以参考第二方面及其各种可能的实现方式中的详细描述，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或现有技术中的技术方案，下面将对实施例中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术 人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信网络的网络架构示意图；
图2为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信网络的网络架构示意图；
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种业务建立方法的流程图；
图4为本申请实施例提供的另一种业务建立方法的流程图；
图5为本申请实施例提供的另一种业务建立方法的流程图；
图6为本申请实施例提供的另一种业务建立方法的流程图；
图7为本申请实施例提供的另一种业务建立方法的流程图；
图8为本申请实施例提供的另一种业务建立方法的流程图；
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种业务建立方法的流程图；
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种业务建立方法的流程图；
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种业务建立方法的流程图；
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种接入网设备的结构组成示意图；
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种接入网设备的结构组成示意图；
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种业务应用服务器的结构组成示意图；
图15为本申请实施例提供的另一种业务应用服务器的结构组成示意图；
图16为本申请实施例提供的另一种业务应用服务器的结构组成示意图。
具体实施方式
本申请的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同对象，而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外，术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们任何变形，意图在于覆盖不排他的包括。例如包括了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设 备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元，而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元，或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。
本申请技术方案可以应用于2G网络、3G网络、4G网络以及5G网络中，本申请技术方案不仅适用于volte业务、视频呼叫业务，还适用于其他对网络信号覆盖有类似要求的其他业务，本申请对用户设备的业务类型和所在的网络并不做限定。
请参见图1，图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信网络的网络架构示意图。其中，如图1所示，该通信网络可以包括：接入网设备11、业务应用服务器12和至少一个UE 13。其中，接入网设备11通过与UE 13之间可通过无线通信链路连接，业务应用服务器12用于负责处理UE的业务注册请求、用户管理、会话控制、业务交换、业务控制等等。接入网设备11和业务应用服务器12之间可能还存在其他核心网设备14，用于负责为UE 13与业务应用服务器12之间的业务起到接续作用。
如图2所示，为如图1所示的通信网络的网络架构具体到4G网络的实际举例。图2中的演进型基站(英文：Evolved NodeB，简称：eNB)作为图1中的接入网设备，eNB与UE(即图1中的UE 13)之间可通过无线链路通信连接。其中，图2举例所示网络架构的LTE网络的核心网设备可以包括：移动性管理实体(英文：Mobility Management Entity，简称：MME)、服务网关(英文：Serving Gateway，简称：SGW)、分组数据网络网关(英文：PDN Gateway，简称：PGW)、策略与计费规则功能实体(英文：Policy and Charging Rules Function，简称：PCRF)等。其中，核心网设备可以负责为UE的VoLTE等业务接入互联网协议多媒体子系统(英文：IP Multimedia Subsystem，简称：IMS)网络起接续作用，负责传递UE与IMS网络之间的VoLTE呼叫等相关信令，另外核心网设备还可负责建立其相关的专用承载(例如业务质量等级标识(英文：QoS Class Identifier，简称：QCI)＝1)用于传递VoLTE业务的相关用户面数 据(媒体数据)。
其中，如图2所示的IMS网络设备，如代理呼叫会话控制功能(英文：Proxy Call Session Control Function，简称：P-CSCF)实体、查询/服务呼叫会话控制功能(英文：Interrogating/Serving Call Session Control Function，简称：S-CSCF)实体、业务集中及连续性应用服务器(英文：Service centralization and continuity application server，简称：SCC AS)等可以作为本申请实施例所述的任一业务应用服务器。
其中，P-CSCF实体(可以分主叫方P-CSCF实体和被叫方P-CSCF实体)为VoLTE等业务过程中UE接入IMS网络的第一个接触点，其可以负责代理VoLTE等业务相关信令并完成路由控制。S-CSCF实体(可以分主叫方S-CSCF实体和被叫方S-CSCF实体)为IMS网络的业务交换中心，S-CSCF实体可主要负责接收并处理UE的业务注册请求、用户管理、会话控制、业务交换、业务控制、会话发起协议(英文：Session Initiation Protocol，简称：SIP)消息处理和计费等等。SCC AS(可以分为主叫方SCC AS和被叫方SCC AS)，用于为UE在LTE网络和其他网络之间移动时起到保持业务连续性的作用。
本申请实施例中的UE可以是无线终端也可以是有线终端，例如UE可以为移动电话、计算机、平板电脑、个人数码助理(英文：personal digital assistant，简称：PDA)、移动互联网设备(英文：mobile Internet device，简称：MID)、可穿戴设备和电子书阅读器(英文：e-book reader)等。
本申请实施例的一些技术方案可以基于如图1所示的通信网络架构或其变形架构来具体实施。
本申请实施例提供一种业务建立方法，如图3所示，该业务建立方法包括：
S301、业务应用服务器向接入网设备或者核心网设备发送第一建立请求，该第一建立请求中携带有待建立业务的业务要求。
其中，待建立业务的业务要求用于向接入网设备或者核心网设备指示UE执行待建立业务的无线信道质量要求。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中的业务应用服务器即为IMS网络的业务应用服务器如，P-CSCF、ATCF、S-CSCF、SCC AS等中的任一个或者至少两个的集成。
可以想到的是，上述第一建立请求可以为业务应用服务器接收为UE建立待建立业务的请求消息后向接入网设备下发的。该待建立业务可以是VoLTE语音业务、Video视频业务，或者其他业务类型的业务。
例如，以待建立业务为VoLTE语音业务为例，业务应用服务器(如，P-CSCF、ATCF、S-CSCF、SCC AS等)可以在接收为UE建立Volte语音业务的邀请(英文invite)消息后，向接入网设备(如eNB)发送业务建立请求消息(即上述第一建立请求)，该第一建立请求用于请求接入网设备(如eNB)为Volte语音业务分配无线网络资源。其中，上述UE可以是主叫方UE，业务应用服务器对应为主叫方业务应用服务器，UE也可以是被叫方UE，则业务应用服务器对应为被叫方业务应用服务器。
举例来说，业务应用服务器可以采用以下两种实现方式中的任一种方式向接入网设备发送第一建立请求：
方式一：业务应用服务器经核心网设备向接入网设备下发第一建立请求。
例如，以Volte语音业务为例，业务应用服务器在接收为UE建立volte语音业务邀请(英文invite)消息后，可以向PCRF发送鉴权授权请求，以触发演进型分组系统(英文：Evolved Packet System，简称：EPS)核心网设备发起语音专有承载的建立过程，其中，鉴权授权请求中包含Volte语音业务的业务要求信息。其中，EPS核心网设备可以向接入网设备发送语音专有承载的建立请求消息，其中该语音专有承载的建立请求消息中包含Volte语音业务的业务要求信息。
方式二：业务应用服务器经业务应用服务器与接入网设备之间的接口，向接入网设备下发第一建立请求。
其中，业务应用服务器与接入网设备之间的接口可以为设备厂商为业务应用服务器和接入网设备之间开设的私有接口。业务应用服务器可以直接通过该私有接口向接入网设备下发第一建立请求(如Volte语音业务的建立请求)，该第一建立请求中携带有待建立业务的业务要求。通过该私有接口发送的相关请求消息(如第一建立请求)可以携带在实时传输协议(英文：Real time Transport Protocol，简称：RTP)流的扩展字头中。
示例性的，上述待建立业务的业务要求可以包括：待建立业务的业务类型指示信息、待建立业务的无线信道要求、待建立业务的编码信息、UE的编码信息列表和UE的终端类型中的至少一项，其中，UE的编码信息列表中包含UE和业务应用服务器均支持的编码信息。
上述待建立业务的无线信道要求可以包括：RSRP要求、RSRQ要求、SINR要求中的至少一项。
上述待建立业务的编码信息包括：待建立业务的编码类型信息和待建立业务的编码速率集信息。
UE的终端类型信息包括：UE的IMEI、IMEI的TAC和UE的IMSI中的至少一项。
S302、接入网设备接收核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送的第一建立请求。
可以想到的是，如果业务应用服务器采用上述方式一向接入网设备发送第一建立请求，该接入网设备则可以通过核心网设备接收业务应用服务器发送的第一建立请求；如果业务应用服务器采用上述方式二向接入网设备发送第一建立请求，接入网设备则可以直接通过业务应用服务器和接入网设备之间的私有接口接收业务应用服务器发送的第一建立请求。
S303、接入网设备确定UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信 道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求。
示例性的，本申请实施例中的第一网络可以为5G网络、4G网络中的任意一项。
其中，接入网设备可以在接收到第一建立请求后，判断第一小区的无线信道质量是否满足待建立业务的业务要求；若确定第一小区的无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求，接入网设备则可以为该待建立业务分配无线资源；若确定第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求，则可以继续执行S304-S305或者S306或者S307。
示例性的，接入网设备在接收到携带有待建立业务的业务要求的第一建立请求后，可以根据该待建立业务的业务要求获取该待建立业务的无线信道要求，然后根据获得的该待建立业务的无线信道要求对比第一小区的无线信道质量，确定第一小区的无线信道质量是否满足待建立业务的业务要求。
例如，假设上述待建立业务的业务要求包括待建立业务的业务类型指示信息，接入网设备可以根据该业务类型指示信息确定该待建立业务具体为那种类型的业务(如Volte语音业务、video视频业务或其他类型的业务)；然后，接入网设备可以根据该待建立业务的业务类型，以及预先配置的业务类型与无线信道要求之间的对应关系，确定出该待建立业务的无线信道要求(如RSRP要求、RSRQ要求、SINR要求等)。又如，假设上述待建立业务的业务要求包括待建立业务的编码信息，接入网设备可以根据该待建立业务的编码信息，确定出该待建立业务的编码信息对应的无线信道要求。
可以想到的是，接入网设备可以基于UE所在第一小区的上行和/或下行无线信道质量参数不能满足上述待建立业务的无线信道要求而确定UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不能满足上述待建立业务的业务要求。
举例来说，上述上行和/或下行信道质量参数可以包括：上行和/或下行RSRP、上行和/或下行SINR、上行和/或下行RSRQ中的至 少一种。例如，若上行和/或下行RSRP低于RSRP要求、上行和/或下行RSRQ低于待建立业务的RSRQ要求、上行和/或下行SINR低于待建立业务的SINR要求，接入网设备则可以确定第一小区的无线信道质量不能满足上述待建立业务的业务要求。
示例性的，在本申请实施例的一种应用场景中，待建立业务的业务要求中可以包括待建立业务的编码信息和UE的编码信息列表。其中，UE的编码信息列表中包含UE和业务应用服务器均支持的编码信息。
在这种应用场景中，S303中“接入网设备确定UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求”具体可以包括：接入网设备确定第一小区的无线信道质量满足UE的编码信息列表中的至少一种编码信息所要求的无线信道质量，但第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的编码信息所要求的无线信道质量。
S304、接入网设备向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应，该第一建立响应用于通知核心网设备或者业务应用服务器：第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求。
其中，第一建立响应中携带有第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、推荐使用的编码信息、以及待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。可以想到的是，接入网设备可以在确定第一小区的无线信道质量满足UE的编码信息列表中的至少一种编码信息所要求的无线信道质量之后，确定推荐使用的编码信息。该推荐使用的编码信息可以为接入网设备从UE的编码信息列表中选择的UE和业务应用服务器均支持的编码信息，且该推荐使用的编码信息为第一小区支持的编码信息中的一个编码信息。
UE的位置信息包括：UE所在的小区标识、UE所在基站标识、UE所在的TAI、UE所在的LAI和UE所在RAI中的至少一项。
S305、业务应用服务器接收接入网设备或者核心网设备发送的 第一建立响应。
S306、接入网设备将UE切换至第一网络的第二小区。
S307、接入网设备将UE切换至第二网络的第三小区。
其中，接入网设备可以在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，尝试将UE切换至第一网络的第二小区或者第二网络的第三小区。
示例性的，第二网络为4G网络、3G网络、2G网络中的任意一项。例如，当第一网络为5G网络时，第二网络可以为4G网络、3G网络、2G网络中的任意一项；当第一网络为4G网络时，第二网络可以为3G网络或者2G网络。本申请实施例中的第一小区和第二小区可以为第一网络中不同的小区。
本申请实施例提供的业务建立方法，在为UE建立业务的过程中，业务应用服务器可根据业务所需和实时情况为接入网设备下发所对应的业务要求信息。相应的，接入网设备可将接收到的业务要求信息作为业务建立的准入门限，即对于UE所在小区的无线信号质量不满足业务要求时，接入网设备通知业务应用服务器，以使业务应用服务器做出相应的调整；或者接入网设备可将UE切换至其他能满足该业务要求的小区，以便在其他小区完成业务的建立。通过本方案，接入网设备可以将业务应用服务器发生的待建立业务的业务要求作为业务建立的准入门限，避免了现有技术方案中仅根据经验值决定准入门限的误差以及不灵活性等问题。同时，对于UE的小区信号质量未达到准入门限的场景(即第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求的场景)，例如网络信号弱覆盖区域，网络侧可根据实际网络情况调整业务要求或将UE切换至其他小区，可以保证在创建业务后，该业务可以正常执行并且提高执行该业务所带来的用户体验。
在本申请实施例的一种实现方式中，业务应用服务器可以通过待建立业务的业务要求包含的指示信息(如第一指示信息、第二指示信息或者第三指示信息)指示接入网设备：在第一小区的无线信 道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，向业务应用服务器直接回复第一建立响应或者将UE切换至其他小区，即指示接入网设备：在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，确定执行上述S304或者S306或者S307中的哪一步骤。
具体的，当待建立业务的业务要求中包含第一指示信息时，由于第一指示信息用于指示接入网设备在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应；因此，在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，接入网设备则可以直接向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应。具体的，如图4所示，图3中的S304可以替换为S304′：
S304′、若接入网设备确定待建立业务的业务要求中包含第一指示信息，则向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应。
当待建立业务的业务要求中包含第二指示信息时，由于第二指示信息用于指示接入网设备在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，将UE切换至第二小区；因此，当第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，接入网设备则可以将UE切换至第一网络的第二小区。具体的，如图4所示，图3中的S306可以替换为S306′：
S306′、若接入网设备确定待建立业务的业务要求中包含第二指示信息，且接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区，接入网设备则将UE切换至第二小区。
当待建立业务的业务要求中包含第三指示信息时，由于第三指示信息用于指示接入网设备在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，将UE切换至第三小区；因此，当第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，接入网设备则可以将UE切换至第三小区。具体的，如图4所示，图3中的S307可以替换为S307′：
S307′、若接入网设备确定待建立业务的业务要求中包含第三指 示信息，且接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第三小区，接入网设备则将UE切换至第三小区。
可以想到的是，接入网设备可以在将UE切换至第二小区或第三小区之前，确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区。
本申请实施例这里以接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区为例，对上述确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区进行举例说明：
方式一：接入网设备可以向UE下发测量控制命令，该测量控制命令用于指示UE对第二小区无线信道质量进行测量；接入网设备接收UE上报的测量报告，该测量报告中携带有UE对第二小区无线信道质量进行测量得到的测量结果；该测量结果中可以包括第二小区的无线信道质量参数，接入网设备可以根据该测量结果，确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区，或者，该测量结果中可以为存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区的指示信息，接入网设备可以直接根据该测量结果的指示，确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区。
方式二、接入网设备向UE下发测量控制命令，测量控制命令中携带有根据待建立业务的业务要求确定的测量上报条件，该测量控制命令用于指示UE对第二小区无线信道质量进行测量，所述测量上报条件用于指示UE在确定第二小区的无线信道质量满足测量上报条件时，向接入网设备上报测量报告；若接入网设备接收到UE上报的测量报告，则接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区。
需要说明的是，接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第三小区的方法与接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区的方法类似，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
进一步的，当不存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区时，如图5所示，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括S308-S309：
S308、若接入网设备确定不存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区，接入网设备则向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第二建立响应。
其中，第二建立响应用于通知核心网设备或者业务应用服务器：第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求，且不存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区。
需要说明的是，接入网设备则向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第二建立响应的方法与接入网设备则向核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应的方法类似，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
S309、业务应用服务器接收接入网设备或者核心网设备发送的第二建立响应。
其中，第二建立响应中携带有第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、推荐使用的编码信息以及待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
其中，第一建立响应或者第二建立响应中携带的第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、推荐使用的编码信息以及待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项可以用于业务应用服务器对待建立业务进行更新。业务应用服务器在接收到第一建立响应或者第二建立响应后可以确定第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求，从而可以重新向接入网设备发送携带待建立业务更新后的业务要求的第二建立请求。具体的，如图6所示，在图5所示的S305或S309之后，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括 S310-S311：
S310、业务应用服务器向接入网设备或者核心网设备发送第二建立请求，第二建立请求中携带有待建立业务更新后的业务要求。
需要说明的是，业务应用服务器向接入网设备或者核心网设备发送第二建立请求的方法与业务应用服务器向接入网设备或者核心网设备发送第一建立请求的方法类似，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
S311、接入网设备接收核心网设备或所述业务应用服务器发送的第二建立请求。
需要说明的是，接入网设备接收核心网设备或所述业务应用服务器发送的第二建立请求的方法与接入网设备接收核心网设备或所述业务应用服务器发送的第一建立请求的方法类似，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
可以想到的是，接入网设备在接收到第二建立请求后，可以判断第一小区的无线信道质量是否满足该第二建立请求中携带的待建立业务更新后的业务要求。接入网设备判断第一小区的无线信道质量是否满足待建立业务更新后的业务要求的方法可以参考上述接入网设备判断第一小区的无线信道质量是否满足待建立业务的业务要求的方法，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
示例性的，在本申请实施例中，待建立业务的业务要求中包括的待建立业务的编码信息为第一编码信息，待建立业务更新后的业务要求中包括的待建立业务更新后的编码信息为第二编码信息。业务应用服务器可以确定待建立业务的编码信息为第一编码信息，并确定待建立业务更新后的编码信息为第二编码信息，并将待建立业务的编码信息由第一编码信息转换为第二编码信息。具体的，业务应用服务器可以在发送上述第二建立请求时，确定待建立业务更新后的编码信息为第二编码信息。当然，业务应用服务器还可以向UE发送第二消息，该第二消息用于指示待建立业务的编码信息由第一编码信息转换为第二编码信息。
可以想到的是，业务应用服务器可以在确定第一编码信息对应 的无线信道要求高于第二编码信息对应的无线信道要求时，将待建立业务的编码信息由第一编码信息转换为第二编码信息，向UE发送第二消息。进一步，第一编码信息和第二编码信息可以为同一种编码,但使用不同的编码速率集,比如第一编码信息和第二编码信息都为EVS编码,但第一编码信息的编码速率集为EVS全速率集,而第二编码信息的编码速率集为EVS VBR模式。
进一步的，在业务应用服务器可以在向接入网设备发送携带待建立业务的业务要求的第一建立请求之前，确定出该建立业务的业务要求。具体的，在图3-图6中任一附图所示的S301之前，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括S401或者S402-S405：
S401、业务应用服务器根据待建立业务的MOS要求、第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项，确定待建立业务的业务要求。
示例性的，业务应用服务器中可以保存有MOS、“终端所在的小区的无线信道质量、终端的终端类型信息、终端接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、业务的编码信息、终端所在的小区的负载信息、终端所在网络的RAT信息、业务的带宽信息中的至少一项”与业务的业务要求之间的对应关系，该对应关系是业务应用服务器通过大数据统计得到的。如此，业务应用服务器则可以根据待建立业务的MOS要求、“第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项”，查询上述对应关系确定出待建立业务的业务要求。
而当业务应用服务器中未保存上述对应关系时，则可以由保存有上述对应关系的第三方网络设备确定待建立业务的业务要求。具体的，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括S402-S405。
S402、业务应用服务器向第三方网络设备发送第一查询请求， 第一查询请求中携带有待建立业务的MOS要求、第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
S403、第三方网络设备接收第一查询请求，并根据第一查询请求中携带的待建立业务的MOS要求、第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项，确定待建立业务的业务要求。
需要说明的是，第三方网络设备确定待建立业务的业务要求的方法可以参考上述业务应用服务器确定待建立业务的业务要求的方法，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
S404、第三方网络设备向业务应用服务器发送第一查询响应，第一查询响应中携带有待建立业务的业务要求。
S405、业务应用服务器接收第三方网络设备发送的第一查询响应。
可以想到的是，业务应用服务器在确定待建立业务的业务要求之前，可以先获取用于确定该待建立业务的业务要求的“第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项”。
其中，业务应用服务器可以在核心网设备为建立主叫方UE和被叫方UE建立视频会话的过程中，获取上述“第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项”。具体的，在S401或者S402之前，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括S501-S504：
S501、业务应用服务器向核心网设备或者UE或者接入网设备发送第二查询请求，该第二查询请求用于指示核心网设备或者UE 或者接入网设备查询“第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项”。
S502、核心网设备或者UE或者接入网设备接收业务应用服务器发送的第二查询请求。
S503、核心网设备或者UE或者接入网设备查询“第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项”。
S504、业务应用服务器接收核心网设备或者UE或者接入网设备发送的第二查询响应，该第二查询响应中携带有第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
当然，上述业务应用服务器可以通过接收UE发送的会话消息的方式，获取上述“第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项”。具体的，在S401或者S402之前，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括S505：
S505、业务应用服务器接收UE发送的第一消息，该第一消息中携带有第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
示例性的，上述第一消息可以为待建立业务的相关会话初始协议(英文：Session Initiation Protocol，简称：SIP)信令。业务应用服务器可以接收并解析该SIP信令，获取上述“第一小区的无线信道 质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项”。
相应的，在业务应用服务器可以在向接入网设备发送携带待建立业务更新后的业务要求的第二建立请求之前，确定出待建立业务更新后的业务要求。具体的，在图6所示的S310之前，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括S601或者S602-S605：
S601、业务应用服务器根据待建立业务的MOS要求、第一建立响应或者第二建立响应中携带的第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项，确定待建立业务更新后的业务要求。
S602、业务应用服务器向第三方网络设备发送第三查询请求，第三查询请求中携带有待建立业务的MOS要求、第一建立响应中携带的第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
S603、第三方网络设备接收第三查询请求，并根据第三查询请求中携带的待建立业务的MOS要求、第一建立响应中携带的第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项，确定待建立业务更新后的业务要求。
S604、第三方网络设备向业务应用服务器发送第三查询响应，第一查询响应中携带有待建立业务更新后的业务要求。
S605、业务应用服务器接收第三方网络设备发送的第三查询响应。
需要说明的是，业务应用服务器或者第三方网络设备确定待建立业务更新后的业务要求的方法可以参考上述业务应用服务器确定 待建立业务的业务要求的方法，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
进一步的，业务应用服务器还可以在接收到第一建立响应或者第二建立响应后，终止待建立业务。具体的，在如图4所示的S305之后，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：业务应用服务器根据第一建立响应或第二建立响应中携带的第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项，确定终止待建立业务；业务应用服务器向UE发送待建立业务的删除消息，待建立业务的删除消息用于指示UE终止待建立业务；UE接收业务应用服务器发送的待建立业务的删除消息，终止待建立业务。
本实施例的技术方案中，在为UE建立业务的过程中，业务应用服务器可根据业务所需和实时情况为接入网设备下发所对应的业务要求信息。相应的，接入网设备可将接收到的业务要求信息作为业务建立的准入门限，即对于UE所在小区的无线信号质量不满足业务要求时，接入网设备通知业务应用服务器，以使业务应用服务器做出相应的调整；或者接入网设备可将UE切换至其他能满足该业务要求的小区，以便在其他小区完成业务的建立。通过本方案，接入网设备可以将业务应用服务器发生的待建立业务的业务要求作为业务建立的准入门限，避免了现有技术方案中仅根据经验值决定准入门限的误差以及不灵活性等问题。同时，对于UE的小区信号质量未达到准入门限的场景(即第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求的场景)，例如网络信号弱覆盖区域，网络侧可根据实际网络情况调整业务要求或将UE切换至其他小区，可以保证在创建业务后，该业务可以正常执行并且提高执行该业务所带来的用户体验。
下面以4G网络的视频呼叫业务建立流程为例，对本申请实施例中的业务建立方法进行详细介绍。其中，本申请实施例中的UE可以是视频呼叫业务的主叫方UE，也可以是被叫方UE，相应地， 接入网设备可以是主叫UE的对应的eNB或被叫UE对应的eNB，业务应用服务器可以是主叫UE的对应的IMS核心网设备(如P-CSCF\S-CSCF\SCC AS\ATCF等)或被叫UE对应的IMS核心网设备。
如图7所示，本申请实施例提供的业务建立方法可以包括：
S701、IMS核心网设备接收主叫方UE发送的视频呼叫业务的请求消息，为建立主叫方UE和被叫方UE建立视频会话，进行业务要求(如编码信息)的协商。
其中，在IMS核心网设备为建立主叫方UE和被叫方UE建立视频会话的过程中，IMS核心网设备可以与主叫方UE，以及被叫方UE协商该视频呼叫业务的编码信息。其中，该视频呼叫业务的编码信息可以包括该视频呼叫的编码类型和编码速率集信息，例如，该视频呼叫的编码类型可以为增强语音服务(英文：Enhanced Voice Service，简称：EVS)编码、自适应多速率宽带语音编码(Adaptive Multi-RateWideband Speech Codec，简称：AMR WB)、自适应多速率窄带语音编码(英文：Adaptive Multi Rate-Narrow Band Speech Codec，简称：AMR NB)和动态图像专家组(英文：Moving Picture Experts Group，简称：MPEG)编码等编码方式。该视频呼叫的编码速率集信息(codec mode set)可以指示该视频呼叫的编码速率为6.60-23.85kbps。
进一步的，在上述“IMS核心网设备为建立主叫方UE和被叫方UE建立视频会话”的过程中，IMS核心网设备还可从UE或eNB或演进的分组核心网(英文：Evolved Packet Core，简称：EPC)设备获取视频呼叫业务的其他初始参数，该其他初始参数可以包括UE的终端类型，UE所在4G小区的无线信道质量、UE所在4G小区的载频信息、UE当前的位置信息、UE所在4G小区负载信息(如是否超负荷等)，所述视频呼叫业务所需带宽信息。例如，UE的终端类型可以为UE的IMEI，IMSI，IMEI中的至少一项，其中，该其他初始参数中包含的IMEI具体可以为IMEI的前8位TAC，该TAC 一般用于表示UE的机型。UE所在4G小区的无线信道质量可以为RSRP、RSRQ和SINR中的至少一项。UE所在4G小区的载频信息可以指示UE所在4G小区的载频频率为1800MHz或者900MHz等。UE当前的位置信息用于指示该UE位于普通宏网4G小区或者高铁专网4G小区等，UE所在4G小区负载信息用于指示UE所在4G小区是否超负荷。
示例性的，在本申请实施例中UE的终端类型信息可以包含在UE发起视频呼叫业务时的相关会话信令中，如SIP信令中可以携带UE的终端类型信息。IMS核心网设备可以接收并解析该SIP信令获取UE的终端类型信息。当然，IMS核心网设备也可以通过发送查询请求的方式，从UE或EPC设备(如MME)获取UE的终端类型信息。当然，上述SIP信令中还可以携带UE所在4G小区的无线信道质量等信息。
S702、IMS核心网设备根据视频呼叫业务的MOS要求、UE所在小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、视频呼叫业务的编码信息、UE所在小区的负载信息、UE所在小区的RAT信息、视频呼叫业务的带宽信息中的至少一项，确定视频呼叫业务的业务要求。
其中，视频呼叫业务的业务要求即为视频呼叫业务对eNB的无线信道要求。视频呼叫业务的业务要求可以包括：视频呼叫业务的业务类型指示信息、视频呼叫业务的无线信道要求、视频呼叫业务的编码信息和UE的终端类型中的至少一项。
其中，上述视频呼叫业务的无线信道要求可以包括：RSRP要求、RSRQ要求、SINR要求中的至少一项。该视频呼叫业务的无线信道要求用于指示该视频呼叫业务要求UE所在第一小区的RSRP的最低标准为该RSRP要求、UE所在第一小区的RSRQ的最低标准为该RSRQ要求、UE所在第一小区的SINR的最低标准为该SINR要求。上述视频呼叫业务的编码信息包括：视频呼叫业务的编码类型信息和视频呼叫业务的编码速率集信息。该视频呼叫业务的编码 信息用于指示该视频呼叫业务所允许采用的编码类型和编码速率。UE的终端类型信息包括：UE的IMEI、IMEI的TAC和UE的IMSI中的至少一项。
可以想到的是，如果IMS核心网设备的内部数据库保存着视频呼叫业务的MOS、“终端所在的小区的无线信道质量、终端的终端类型信息、终端接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、业务的编码信息、终端所在的小区的负载信息、终端所在网络的RAT信息、业务的带宽信息中的至少一项”与视频呼叫业务的业务要求之间的对应关系，则IMS核心网设备可以查询该对应关系，确定出视频呼叫业务的业务要求。
例如，假设IMS核心网设备设置视频业务预设MOS要求为4.0分，即用户完整流畅地享受视频呼叫业务对应的最低MOS值为4，且IMS核心网设备已经获取协商后的编码信息(如使用AMR—WB编码，允许的速率集为6.60-23.85kbps)，则IMS可以根据预设MOS要求和编码信息查询内部数据库，获取MOS＝4.0且编码信息为AMR—WB，6.60-23.85kbps对应的RSRP要求。又如，假设IMS核心网设备设置视频业务预设MOS要求为4.0分，且IMS核心网设备已经获知UE当前处于高铁4G专网小区中，则IMS可以根据预设MOS要求和UE的位置信息查询内部数据库，获取MOS＝4.0且UE处于高铁专网小区对应的SINR要求。IMS核心网设备根据其他参数获取业务要求的方法类似于上述举例说明，此处不再赘述。
可选的，如果上述IMS核心网设备中未保存上述对应关系，则可以由保存该对应关系的第三方网络设备来确定该视频呼叫业务的业务要求，然后向IMS核心网设备发送其确定出的该视频呼叫业务的业务要求。其中，第三方网络设备来确定视频呼叫业务的业务要求的方法与IMS核心网设备确定视频呼叫业务的业务要求的方法类似，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
S703、IMS核心网设备向eNB发送视频呼叫业务的第一建立请求，以触发eNB为该视频呼叫业务分配无线资源，视频呼叫业务的 建立请求中携带有视频呼叫业务的业务要求。
其中，如图7所示，S703可以包括：
IMS核心网设备向PCRF发起鉴权授权请求(英文：Authentication Authorization Request，简称：AAR)消息，以触发视频呼叫业务的专有承载的建立。其中，AAR消息中除UE的用户标识、IMS应用层计费标识和媒体描述信息等，还可以携带有视频呼叫业务的业务要求信息(如图7所示，以视频呼叫业务的业务要求信息包括RSRP要求为例进行举例说明)。
PCRF可以根据AAR携带的媒体描述信息向EPC的PGW发送携带有服务质量(英文：Quality of Service，简称：QoS)规则的重认证请求(英文：Re-Authentication Request，简称：RAR)消息，以触发PGW建立视频呼叫业务的用户面数据专有承载。其中，RAR消息中携带有视频呼叫业务的业务要求信息(如图1所示，以视频呼叫业务的业务要求信息包括RSRP要求为例进行举例说明)。
PGW在接收PCRF发送的RAR请求之后，可以触发视频呼叫业务专有承载的建立流程，经EPC的SGW和MME(即EPC设备)向接入网eNB发送承载建立请求(英文：Create Bearer Request)消息，其中，Create Bearer Request消息中携带有视频呼叫业务的业务要求信息(如图1所示，以视频呼叫业务的业务要求信息包括RSRP要求为例进行举例说明)。
在本申请实施例的另一种实现方式中，IMS核心网设备还可以直接向eNB发送视频呼叫业务的建立请求，其中，该视频呼叫业务的建立请求中携带有视频呼叫业务的业务要求信息。例如，若IMS核心网设备和eNB之间存在接口时，IMS核心网设备可经该接口向eNB发送视频呼叫业务的建立请求。其中，IMS核心网设备和eNB之间的接口即为上述实施例中所述的业务应用服务器与接入网设备之间的接口。
在本申请实施例的另一种实现方式中，IMS核心网设备(如ATCF或ATGW)还可以生成用户面数据包(如RTP数据包)，并在 该用户面数据包中携带视频呼叫业务的业务要求信息(如RSRP要求)，以便eNB可以在接收到该用户面数据包后从中解析出RSRP要求。
S704、eNB接收视频呼叫业务的第一建立请求。
S705、eNB确定UE所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量不满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求。
如图7所示，以RSRP要求作为业务要求，S705具体为eNB确定UE所在4G网络小区的RSRP不满足视频呼叫业务的RSRP要求。
需要说明的是，eNB确定UE所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量不满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求的方法可以参考上述实施例中接入网设备确定第一小区的无线信道质量不满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求的方法，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
在S705之后，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括S706、S707或者S708。具体的，eNB可以根据视频呼叫业务的业务要求中包含的指示信息，确定执行S706、S707或者S708中的一个步骤。
S706、若eNB确定视频呼叫业务的业务要求中包含第一指示信息，则向IMS核心网设备发送第一建立响应。
其中，如图7所示，在本申请实施例的一种实现方式中，eNB可以通过如下方式向IMS核心网设备发送第一建立响应：
eNB可以向EPC设备(如MME)发送承载建立响应(英文：create bearer response)消息。该create bearer response消息中携带有用于指示该eNB无法提供视频呼叫业务的业务要求所指示的无线信道质量的指示信息。
EPC设备可以在接收该create bearer response后，向PCRF发送信用控制请求(英文：Credit Control Request，CCR)消息。其中，该CCR消息携带有用于指示视频呼叫业务的专用承载建立失败的指示信息，并携带用于指示该eNB无法提供视频呼叫业务的业务要求所指示的无线信道质量的指示信息。
PCRF可以向IMS核心网设备发送RAR消息或者会话中止请求 (英文：Abort-Session-Request，简称：ASR)消息，该RAR消息或者ASR消息携带eNB无法提供视频呼叫业务的业务要求所指示的无线信道质量的指示信息。
除如图7所示的实现方式外，eNB还可以通过eNB与IMS核心网设备之间的接口向IMS核心网设备发送第一建立响应。其中，IMS核心网设备和eNB之间的接口即为上述实施例中所述的业务应用服务器与接入网设备之间的接口。或者，eNB还可以将第一建立响应包含在用户面数据包中向IMS核心网设备发送。eNB通过eNB与IMS核心网设备之间的接口或者用户面数据包向IMS核心网设备发送第一建立响应的具体方法可以参考本申请实施例中的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
可选地，eNB还可以通过上述create bearer response消息、CCR消息、RAR消息或者ASR消息、eNB与IMS核心网设备之间的接口，或者用户面数据包向IMS核心网设备上报“UE当前所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、4G小区载频信息、UE位置信息、时间信息、4G小区的负载信息、视频呼叫业务的带宽信息等中的至少一项”。其中，如图7所示，以上述create bearer response、CCR消息、RAR消息中携带第一小区的RSRP为例，对第一建立响应中携带上述“UE当前所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、4G小区载频信息、UE位置信息、时间信息、4G小区的负载信息、视频呼叫业务的带宽信息等中的至少一项”进行举例说明。
进一步的，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：
若eNB确定视频呼叫业务的业务要求中包含第二指示信息，且eNB确定存在无线信道质量满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求的第二小区，eNB则将UE切换至第二小区。
若eNB确定视频呼叫业务的业务要求中包含第三指示信息，且eNB确定存在无线信道质量满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求的第三小区，eNB则将UE切换至第三小区。
由于确定UE所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量不满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求，即UE当前所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量大于IMS核心网设备下发的业务要求门限，eNB可以对UE执行4G网络的内部切换流程，将UE从4G网络的第一小区切换至第二小区，或者，可以对UE执行4G与3G网络或者2G网络的网间切换流程，将UE从4G网络的第一小区切换至3G网络或者2G网络的第三小区。
需要说明的是，eNB将UE从4G网络的第一小区切换至3G网络或者2G网络的第三小区后，可能在3G网络或者2G网络的分组交换(英文：Packet Switch，简称：PS)域执行上述视频呼叫业务，那么上述网间切换流程则属于PS to PS切换流程。也可能在3G网络或者2G网络的电路交换(英文：Circuit Switched Domain，简称：CS)域执行上述视频呼叫业务，那么上述网间切换流程则属于PS to CS切换流程。
其中，eNB确定存在无线信道质量满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区的方法可以参考上述实施例中的相关描述，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
可选的，本申请实施例中，IMS核心网设备可以在UE满足如下条件时，在视频呼叫业务的业务要求中添加指示信息(第一指示信息、第二指示信息或者第三指示信息)：
条件一：UE支持语音编码A和语音编码B；
条件二：语音编码B对小区的无线信道质量的要求小于语音编码A对小区无线信道质量的要求；
条件三：视频呼叫业务当前使用语音编码A。
例如，假设UE同时支持EVS编码和AMR WB编码，视频呼叫业务当前使用AMR WB编码。在相同的用户体验下，以RSRP为例，EVS编码对小区的RSRP要求为RSRP>-120dBm，而AMR WB编码对小区的RSRP要求为RSRP>-115dBm。此时，IMS核心网设备可以在视频呼叫业务的业务要求信息中添加第一指示信息，以便第一 小区的RSRP不满足AMR WB对小区的RSRP要求时，eNB可以发送第一建立响应通知该IMS核心网设备，以便IMS核心网设备使用EVS编码，从而避免执行单一无线语音呼叫连续性(英文：Single Radio Voice Call Continuity，简称：SRVCC)。或者，IMS核心网设备可以在视频呼叫业务的业务要求信息中添加第二指示信息或者第三指示信息，以便于第一小区的RSRP不满足AMR WB对小区的RSRP要求时，eNB可以在直接执行SRVCC，由其他小区为UE提供视频呼叫业务的相应无线资源。
当然，也可能并不存在无线信道质量满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区；此时，如图7所示，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：若eNB确定不存在无线信道质量满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区，eNB则向IMS核心网设备发送第二建立响应。IMS核心网设备接收eNB发送的第二建立响应。
对于不存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区的情况，eNB可以拒绝为视频呼叫业务分配无线资源，并(即通过第二建立响应)通知IMS核心网设备：第一小区的无线信道质量不满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求，且不存在无线信道质量满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区。
S707、IMS核心网设备根据接收到第一建立响应或者第二建立响应，确定视频呼叫业务更新后的业务要求。
可以想到的是，IMS核心网设备可以根据第一建立响应或者第二建立响应中携带的“第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、视频呼叫业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、视频呼叫业务的带宽信息中的至少一项”确定视频呼叫业务更新后的业务要求。IMS核心网设备确定视频呼叫业务更新后的业务要求的方法与IMS核心网设备确定视频呼叫业务的业务要求的方法类似，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
举例来说，假设上述视频呼叫业务的业务要求中包含该视频呼叫业务的编码信息，该视频呼叫业务使用AMR-WB编码，且AMR-WB编码的编码速率为23.85kbps，而该AMR-WB编码对第一小区的RSRP要求是RSRP>-115dBm。但是，如果第一小区的RSRP为-118dBm(<-115dBm)，那么IMS核心网设备可以将该视频业务的编码类型调节为EVS编码，编码速率调节为13.2kbps编码，并EVS编码方式确定该EVS编码对第一小区的RSRP要求是RSRP>-120dBm(<-118dBm)。
可选的，IMS核心网设备在调整视频呼叫业务的编码信息后，可以向主叫方UE和被叫方发送业务编码信息调整的通知消息(即上述的第二消息)。另外，如果被叫方UE不支持EVS编码，则IMS核心网设备后续还可以在主叫方UE和被叫方之间做编码转换。
S708、IMS核心网设备向eNB发送视频呼叫业务的第二建立请求。
示例性的，如图7所示，IMS核心网设备向eNB发送视频呼叫业务的第二建立请求的方法与IMS核心网设备向eNB发送视频呼叫业务的第一建立请求的方法类似，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。其中，图7中以更新后的RSRP作为视频呼叫业务更新后的业务要求为例。
S709、eNB接收IMS核心网设备发送的第二建立请求，第二建立请求中携带有视频呼叫业务更新后的业务要求。
示例性的，如图7所示，基于上述举例，S709为eNB接收携带有更新后的RSRP要求的承载建立请求。
其中，eNB在接收到视频呼叫业务更新后的业务要求后可以继续执行S705，即确定UE所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量是否满足该视频呼叫业务更新后的业务要求，以及后续相应流程。如图7所示，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括S710-S711。其中，S710-S711的详细描述可以参考本申请实施例中的相关内容，此处不再赘述。
进一步的，本申请实施例中，IMS核心网设备还可以在接收到 第一建立响应或者第二建立响应后，终止上述视频呼叫业务。IMS核心网设备可以在确定无法再对该视频呼叫业务的业务要求作出进一步的调整以使第一小区的无线信道质量可以满足该视频呼叫业务的业务要求时，终止该视频呼叫业务。其中，IMS核心网设备可以在确定终止上述视频呼叫业务时，向主叫方UE发送该视频呼叫业务的删除消息，该删除消息中可以携带其中可携带终止上述视频呼叫业务的具体原因值，例如第一小区的无线信道质量无法满足该视频呼叫业务的业务要求。
在一种实现方式中，IMS核心网设备可以在接收到eNB发送的第一建立响应或者第二建立响应后，若在确定无法再对该视频呼叫业务的业务要求作出进一步的调整以使第一小区的无线信道质量可以满足该视频呼叫业务的业务要求时，IMS核心网设备则可以与主叫方UE进行协商，询问主叫方UE是否接受当前的业务体验并继续保持业务。若UE接受，则IMS核心网设备不对视频呼叫业务的业务要求进行调整，亦不执行终止视频呼叫业务的操作，而可以重新向EPC设备和eNB触发建立视频呼叫业务专有承载的流程。其中，在此次建立视频呼叫业务专有承载的过程中，IMS核心网设备并不向EPC设备和eNB发送视频呼叫业务的业务要求，或者，还可以发送视频呼叫业务的业务要求，但同时指示eNB在为视频呼叫业务分配无线资源时忽略该视频呼叫业务的业务要求。
本申请实施例提供的业务建立方法，在为UE建立视频呼叫业务的过程中，IMS核心网设备可以向eNB下发视频呼叫业务的业务要求。相应的，eNB可将接收到的视频呼叫业务的业务要求作为视频呼叫业务建立的准入门限，即当UE所在小区的无线信号质量不满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求时，eNB可拒绝为视频呼叫业务分配无线资源，同时通知IMS核心网设备，以使IMS核心网设备对视频呼叫业务的业务要求做出相应的调整，以便在本小区完成视频呼叫业务的建立；或者eNB可将UE切换至其他能满足该业务要求的4G小区或2G/3G小区，以便在其他小区完成视频呼叫业务的建立。
需要说明的是，上述实施例仅以4G网络的视频呼叫业务为例，对本申请实施例提供的业务建立方法进行举例说明。本申请实施例提供的业务建立方法还可以应用于其他网络制式的其他业务的建立过程中。通过本方案，网络侧可根据不同业务的业务要求自适应决定业务建立的准入门限，避免了现有技术方案中仅根据经验值决定准入门限的误差以及不灵活性等问题。同时，对于UE的小区信号质量低于准入门限的场景，例如网络信号弱覆盖区域，网络侧可根据实际网络情况调整业务要求或将UE切换至其他小区，可以保证在创建业务后，该业务可以正常执行并且提高执行该业务所带来的用户体验。
本申请实施例提供一种业务建立方法，如图8所示，该业务建立方法包括：
S801、第一业务应用服务器向接入网设备或者第一核心网设备发送第一建立请求，第一建立请求中携带有第一业务的业务要求，第一业务的业务要求用于向接入网设备指示用户设备UE执行第一业务的无线信道质量要求。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中第一业务的业务要求中的具体内容可以参考上述实施例中对待建立业务的业务要求的详细描述，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
S802、接入网设备接收第一核心网设备或者第一业务应用服务器发送的第一建立请求。
S803、接入网设备向第一核心网设备或者第一业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应，第一建立响应用于通知第一核心网设备或第一业务应用服务器：接入网设备接受了第一建立请求。
其中，网络中各个小区的无线信道质量可能会随时发生变化，即在S803：接入网设备向第一核心网设备或者第一业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应之后，第一小区的无线信道质量可能会不满足第一业务的业务要求。具体的，在S803之后，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括S804：
S804、接入网设备确定UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足第一业务的业务要求。
需要说明的是，本实施例中接入网设备确定UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量是否满足第一业务的业务要求的具体方法可以参考上述实施例中接入网设备确定第一小区的无线信道质量是否满足待建立业务的业务要求的具体方法，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
示例性的，在本申请实施例的一种应用场景中，第一业务的业务要求中可以包括第一业务的编码信息和UE的编码信息列表。其中，UE的编码信息列表中包含UE和业务应用服务器均支持的编码信息。
在这种应用场景中，S804中“接入网设备确定UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足第一业务的业务要求”具体可以包括：接入网设备确定第一小区的无线信道质量满足UE的编码信息列表中的至少一种编码信息所要求的无线信道质量，但第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的编码信息所要求的无线信道质量。
其中，当第一小区的无线信道质量不满足第一业务的业务要求时，可以继续执行S805、S806或者S807中任一步骤：
S805、接入网设备向第一核心网设备或者第一业务应用服务器发送第一通知消息，该第一通知消息用于通知第一核心网设备或者第一业务应用服务器：第一小区的无线信道质量不满足第一业务的业务要求。
其中，第一通知消息中携带有第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、推荐使用的编码信息以及第一业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
可以想到的是，接入网设备可以在确定第一小区的无线信道质量满足UE的编码信息列表中的至少一种编码信息所要求的无线信 道质量之后，确定推荐使用的编码信息。该推荐使用的编码信息可以为接入网设备从UE的编码信息列表中选择的UE和业务应用服务器均支持的编码信息，且该推荐使用的编码信息为第一小区支持的编码信息中的一个编码信息。
S806、第一业务应用服务器接收第一核心网设备或者接入网设备发送的第一通知消息。
S807、接入网设备将UE切换至第一网络的第二小区。
S808、接入网设备将所述UE切换至第二网络的第三小区。
本实施例中的第一网络与上述实施例中的第一网络相同，第二网络与上述实施例中的第二网络相同，第一网络和第二网络的详细描述可以参考上述实施例中的相关内容。
本申请实施例提供的业务建立方法，在为UE建立业务的过程中，业务应用服务器可根据第一业务所需的无线信道质量要求向接入网设备下发对应的业务要求；接入网设备可以在UE所在小区的无线信道质量满足第一务的业务要求时，向业务服务器发送第一建立响应。而后，如果UE所在小区的无线信道质量又不满足第一务的业务要求了，接入网设备则可以拒绝为第一业务分配无线资源，同时向业务应用服务器发送用于通知业务应用服务器：“第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求”的第一通知消息，或者将UE切换至其他小区，以便在其他小区完成第一业务的建立。通过本方案，网络侧可根据需要自适应决定业务建立的准入门限，避免了现有技术方案中仅根据经验值决定准入门限的误差以及不灵活性等问题。同时，对于UE的小区信号质量未达到准入门限的场景，例如网络信号弱覆盖区域，网络侧可根据实际网络情况调整业务要求或将UE切换至其他小区，可以保证在创建业务后，该业务可以正常执行并且提高执行该业务所带来的用户体验。
在本申请实施例的一种实现方式中，第一业务应用服务器可以通过待建立业务的业务要求包含的指示信息指示接入网设备：在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足第一业务的业务要求时，向第一业务 应用服务器直接回复第一通知消息或者将UE切换至其他小区，即指示接入网设备：在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，确定执行上述S805或者S807或者S808中的哪一步骤。
具体的，如图9所示，图8中的S805可以替换为S805′，S807可以替换为S807′，S808可以替换为S808′：
S805′、若接入网设备确定第一业务的业务要求中包含第一指示信息，则向第一核心网设备或者第一业务应用服务器发送第一通知消息。
其中，第一指示信息用于指示接入网设备在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足第一业务的业务要求时，向第一核心网设备或者第一业务应用服务器发送第一通知消息。
S807′、若接入网设备确定第一业务的业务要求中包含第二指示信息，且接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足第一的业务要求的第二小区，接入网设备则将UE切换至第二小区。
其中，第二指示信息用于指示接入网设备在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足第一业务的业务要求时，将UE切换至第二小区。
S808′、若接入网设备确定第一业务的业务要求中包含第三指示信息，且接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足第一业务的业务要求的第三小区，接入网设备则将UE切换至第三小区。
其中，第三指示信息用于指示接入网设备在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足第一业务的业务要求时，将UE切换至第三小区。
进一步的，在图9所示的S803之前，本申请实施例的方法还包括包括S809：
S809、接入网设备确定第一小区的无线信道质量满足第一业务的业务要求。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中，接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足第一业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区的方法与接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区的方法类似，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
进一步的，如图10所示，在图9所示的S802之后，本申请实施例的方法还包括包括S810：
S810、接入网设备为第一业务分配无线资源。
进一步的，当不存在无线信道质量满足第一业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区时，如图11所示，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括S811-S812：
S811、若接入网设备确定不存在无线信道质量满足第一业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区，接入网设备则向第一核心网设备或者第一业务应用服务器发送第二通知消息。
其中，第二通知消息用于通知第一核心网设备或第一业务应用服务器：第一小区的无线信道质量不满足第一业务的业务要求，且不存在无线信道质量满足第一业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区。第二通知消息中携带有第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、第一小区的负载信息。第一网络的RAT信息、推荐使用的编码信息以及第一业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
S812、第一业务应用服务器接收接入网设备或者第一核心网设备发送的第二通知消息。
进一步的，在如图10所示的S810之后，本申请实施例的方法还包括包括S813：
S813、若接入网设备确定不存在无线信道质量满足所述第一业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区，接入网设备删除为第一业务分配的无线资源。
其中，第一业务应用服务器可以在接收到第一通知消息或者第二通知消息后，确定第一小区的无线信道质量不满足第一业务的业务要求，然后重新向接入网设备发送携带第一业务更新后的业务要求的第一业务修改请求。具体的，在S805、S805′或者S811之后，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括S814：
S814、第一业务应用服务器向接入网设备或者第一核心网设备 发送第一业务修改请求，第一业务修改请求中携带有第一业务更新后的业务要求。
S815、接入网设备接收第一核心网设备或者第一业务应用服务器发送的第一业务修改请求。
需要说明的是，接入网设备接收第一核心网设备或第一业务应用服务器发送的第一业务修改请求的方法与接入网设备接收核心网设备或第一业务应用服务器发送的第一建立请求的方法类似，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
可以想到的是，接入网设备在接收到第一业务修改请求后，可以判断第一小区的无线信道质量是否满足该第一业务修改请求中携带的第一业务更新后的业务要求。接入网设备判断第一小区的无线信道质量是否满足第一业务更新后的业务要求的方法可以参考上述接入网设备判断第一小区的无线信道质量是否满足待建立业务的业务要求的方法，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
其中，本申请实施例中的第一业务与上述实施例中的待建立业务类似，第一业务的编码信息可以为第一编码信息，第一业务更新后的编码信息可以为第二编码信息。第一业务应用服务器可以在发送上述第一业务修改请求时，确定第一业务更新后的编码信息为第二编码信息；并将复议业务的编码信息由第一编码信息转换为第二编码信息。当然，第一业务应用服务器还可以向UE发送第二消息，该第二消息用于指示第一业务的编码信息由第一编码信息转换为第二编码信息。
可以想到的是，第一业务应用服务器可以在确定第一编码信息对应的无线信道要求高于第二编码信息对应的无线信道要求时，将第一业务的编码信息由第一编码信息转换为第二编码信息，向UE发送第二消息。
进一步的，接入网设备还可以接收到其他的业务应用服务器发送的用于建立区别于第一业务的其他业务业务建立请求，具体的，接入网设备可以接收第二核心网设备或者第二业务应用服务器发送 的第二建立请求，该第二建立请求中携带有第二业务的业务要求，该第二业务的业务要求用于向接入网设备指示UE执行第二业务的无线信道质量要求；接入网设备在确定第二业务的业务要求高于第一业务的业务要求后，可以向UE下发第二测量控制命令；该第二测量控制命令用于指示UE测量第一小区的无线信道质量，并在第一小区的无线信道质量不满足第二业务的业务要求时向接入网设备发送第二测量报告，第二测量报告用于向接入网设备指示：第一小区的无线信道质量不满足第二业务的业务要求。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中，第一业务应用服务器也可以在向接入网设备发送携带第一业务的业务要求的第一建立请求，确定第一业务的业务要求。第一业务应用服务器确定第一业务的业务要求的方法与上述实施例中“业务应用服务器确定待建立业务的业务要求”的方法类似，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
当然，第一业务应用服务器还可以在确定第一业务的业务要求之前，获取用于确定该第一业务的业务要求的“第一小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、待建立业务的编码信息、第一小区的负载信息、第一网络的RAT信息、待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项”(简称业务要求获取信息)。其中，第一业务应用服务器获取上述业务要求获取信息的方法可以参考上述实施例中S501-S504中的相关描述，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
进一步的，第一业务应用服务器确定第一业务更新后的业务要求的方法与上述实施例中“业务应用服务器确定待建立业务更新后的业务要求”的方法(即S601-S605中的相关描述)类似，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
下面以4G网络的Volte业务建立流程为例，对本申请实施例中的业务建立方法进行详细介绍。其中，本申请实施例中的UE可以是Volte业务的主叫方UE，也可以是被叫方UE，相应地，接入网设备可以是主叫UE的对应的eNB或被叫UE对应的eNB，业务应用 服务器可以是主叫UE的对应的IMS核心网设备(如P-CSCF\S-CSCF\SCC AS\ATCF等)或被叫UE对应的IMS核心网设备。
如图11所示，本申请实施例提供的业务建立方法可以包括：
S1101、IMS核心网设备接收主叫方UE发送的Volte业务的请求消息，为建立主叫方UE和被叫方UE建立视频会话，进行业务要求(如编码信息)的协商。
S1102、IMS核心网设备根据Volte业务的MOS要求、UE所在小区的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、视频呼叫业务的编码信息、UE所在小区的负载信息、UE所在小区的RAT信息、视频呼叫业务的带宽信息中的至少一项，确定Volte业务的业务要求。
S1103、IMS核心网设备向eNB发送Volte业务的第一建立请求，以触发eNB为该Volte业务分配无线资源，第一建立请求中携带有Volte业务的业务要求。
S1104、eNB接收Volte业务的第一建立请求。
其中，如图11所示，S1104具体可以为eNB接收携带有Volte业务RSRP要求的承载建立请求。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中S1101-S1104中的详细描述可以参考上述实施例中S701-704中的相关内容，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
S1105、eNB确定UE所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量满足Volte业务的业务要求。
其中，eNB确定UE所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求的方法可以参考上述实施例中eNB判断UE所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量是否满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求的方法，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
S1106、eNB为Volte业务分配无线资源。
S1107、eNB向IMS核心网设备发送第一建立响应。
其中，该第一建立响应用于通知IMS核心网设备：接入网设备接受了第一建立请求。
其中，如图11所示，为本申请实施例的一种实现方式中，eNB向IMS核心网设备发送第一建立响应的具体方式，如图11所示的eNB向IMS核心网设备发送第一建立响应的具体方式的详细描述可以参考上述实施例中S706的相关描述，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
需要强调的是，与如图7所示的承载建立响应、CCR消息、RAR消息或者ASR消息不同的是，如图11所示的承载建立响应、CCR消息、RAR消息或者ASR消息携带的不是“eNB无法提供视频呼叫业务的业务要求所指示的无线信道质量的指示信息”，而是“eNB接受了第一建立请求(即Volte业务的业务建立请求)的指示信息”或者“无线资源预留成功的指示信息”。
除如图11所示的实现方式外，eNB还可以通过eNB与IMS核心网设备之间的接口或者用户面数据包，向IMS核心网设备发送该第一建立响应。其中，eNB通过eNB与IMS核心网设备之间的接口或者用户面数据包，向IMS核心网设备发送该第一建立响应的方法可以参考上述实施例中S706的相关描述，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
进一步的，由于网络中各个小区的无线信道质量可能会随时发生变化，印在在S1107之后，可能会存在UE所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量发生变化，变化后的无线信道质量不满足Volte业务的业务要求的情况。在这种情况下，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：
S1108、eNB确定UE所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量不满足Volte业务的业务要求。
其中，eNB确定UE所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量不满足Volte业务的业务要求的具体方法可以参考上述实施例中eNB确定UE所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量不满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求的方法，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
S1109、eNB确定Volte业务的业务要求中包含第一指示信息，则向IMS核心网设备发送第一通知消息。
其中，第一通知消息用于通知IMS核心网设备：UE所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量不满足Volte业务的业务要求。第一通知消息中携带有UE所在4G网络小区(即第一小区)的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、UE所在4G网络小区的负载信息、UE所在4G网络的RAT信息以及Volte业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
其中，本申请实施例中的第一通知消息可以为标准暂未定义的新消息。或者，如图11所示，S1109中eNB向IMS核心网设备发送第一通知消息的具体方法可以参考上述实施例中的S706中eNB向IMS核心网设备发送第一建立响应的具体方法，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
当然，除了图11所示的实现方式外eNB还可以通过eNB与IMS核心网设备之间的接口，直接向IMS核心网设备发送第一通知消息。或者，eNB还可以通过用户面数据包向IMS核心网设备发送第一通知消息。
需要说明的是，eNB通过eNB与IMS核心网设备之间的接口或者用户面数据包，向IMS核心网设备发送第一通知消息的具体方法可以参考上述实施例二中eNB通过eNB与IMS核心网设备之间的接口或者用户面数据包，向IMS核心网设备发送第一建立响应的方法，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
进一步的，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：
若eNB确定volte业务的业务要求中包含第二指示信息，且eNB确定存在无线信道质量满足volte业务的业务要求的第二小区，eNB则将UE切换至第二小区。
若eNB确定volte业务的业务要求中包含第三指示信息，且eNB确定存在无线信道质量满足volte业务的业务要求的第三小区，eNB则将UE切换至第三小区。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中eNB则将UE切换至第二小区或者第三小区的具体方法可以参考上述实施例中的详细描述，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
当然，也可能并不存在无线信道质量满足volte业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区；此时，如图7所示，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：若eNB确定不存在无线信道质量满足Volte业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区，eNB则向IMS核心网设备发送第二通知消息。IMS核心网设备接收eNB发送的第二通知消息。其中，第二通知消息用于通知：IMS核心网设备：第一小区的无线信道质量不满足Volte业务的业务要求，且不存在无线信道质量满足Volte业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区。第二通知消息中UE所在4G网络小区(即第一小区)的无线信道质量、UE的终端类型信息、UE接入的载频信息、UE的位置信息、UE所在4G网络小区的负载信息、UE所在4G网络的RAT信息以及Volte业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
S1110、IMS核心网设备根据接收到第一通知消息或者第二通知消息，确定Volte业务更新后的业务要求。
需要说明的是，IMS核心网设备根据接收到第一通知消息或者第二通知消息，确定Volte业务更新后的业务要求的方法可以参考S707中IMS核心网设备根据接收到第一建立响应或者第二建立响应，确定视频呼叫业务更新后的业务要求的方法，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
S1111、IMS核心网设备向eNB发送Volte业务的第一业务修改请求，第一业务修改请求中携带有Volte业务更新后的业务要求。
示例性的，如图11所示，S1111中IMS核心网设备向eNB发送Volte业务的第一业务修改请求的具体方法可以参考上述实施例中的S708中IMS核心网设备向eNB发送视频呼叫业务的第二建立请求的具体方法，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
S1112、eNB接收IMS核心网设备发送的第一业务修改请求。
其中，如图11所示，eNB接收IMS核心网设备发送的第一业务修改请求具体可以为接收携带有更新后的RSRP要求的承载建立请求。
其中，eNB在接收到Volte业务更新后的业务要求后可以继续执行确定UE所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量是否满足该Volte业务更新后的业务要求，以及后续相应流程。如图11所示，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括S1112及其后续操作。其中S1112之后，eNB可以确定UE所在4G网络的小区的无线信道质量是否满足第一业务修改请求中携带的Volte业务更新后的业务要求。
进一步的，本申请实施例中，IMS核心网设备还可以在接收到第一通知消息或者第二通知消息后，终止上述Volte业务。IMS核心网设备根据第一通知消息或者第二通知消息，终止Volte业务的方法可以参考上述实施例二中IMS核心网设备根据第一建立响应或者第二建立响应，终止上述视频呼叫业务的方法，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
本申请实施例提供的业务建立方法，在为UE建立Volte业务的过程中，IMS核心网设备可以向eNB下发Volte业务的业务要求。eNB可以接收携带该Volte业务的业务要求的业务建立请求。相应的，eNB可将接收到的Volte业务的业务要求作为Volte业务建立的准入门限，即当UE所在小区的无线信号质量不满足Volte业务的业务要求时，eNB可拒绝为Volte业务分配无线资源，同时通知IMS核心网设备，以使IMS核心网设备对Volte业务的业务要求做出相应的调整，以便在本小区完成Volte业务的建立；或者eNB可将UE切换至其他能满足该业务要求的4G小区或2G/3G小区，以便在其他小区完成Volte业务的建立。通过本方案，网络侧可根据需要自适应决定业务建立的准入门限，避免了现有技术方案中仅根据经验值决定准入门限的误差以及不灵活性等问题。同时，对于UE的小区信号质量未达到准入门限的场景，例如网络信号弱覆盖区域，网络侧可根据实际网络情况调整业务要求或将UE切换至其他小区，可 以保证在创建业务后，该业务可以正常执行并且提高执行该业务所带来的用户体验。
需要说明的是，上述实施例仅以4G网络的Volte业务为例，对本申请实施例提供的业务建立方法进行举例说明。
进一步的，当主叫方UE与负责Volte业务的IMS核心网设备(记为IMS核心网设备1，即可以为上述实施例中的第一业务应用服务器)以及被叫方UE之间成功建立了Volte业务后，主叫方UE可以将上述负责Volte业务的IMS核心网设备下发的Volte业务的业务要求保存为测量上报的门限。其中，本申请实施例中，将负责第二业务(如视频呼叫业务)的IMS核心网设备记为IMS核心网设备2，即可以为上述实施例中的第二业务应用服务器。即上述Volte业务为上述实施例中的第一业务，视频呼叫业务为上述实施例中的第二业务。具体的，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括S1201：
S1201、IMS核心网设备2向eNB发送第二建立请求，以触发eNB为视频呼叫业务分配无线资源，第二建立请求中携带有视频呼叫业务的业务要求。
S1202、eNB接收IMS核心网设备2发送的第二建立请求。
S1203、eNB确定Volte业务的业务要求低于视频呼叫业务的业务要求。
示例性的，以Volte业务的业务要求和视频呼叫业务的业务要求均为RSRP要求为例，eNB可以直接比较Volte业务的RSRP要求和视频呼叫业务RSRP要求。假设Volte业务的RSRP要求为-115dBm，视频呼叫业务RSRP要求为-110dBm，则eNB确定Volte业务的业务要求低于视频呼叫业务的业务要求。
或者，当Volte业务的业务要求和视频呼叫业务的业务要求的具体参数不同时，如Volte业务的业务要求为RSRP要求(具体为-115dBm)，而视频呼叫业务的业务要求为SINR要求(具体为3dBm)，则ENB可先将视频呼叫业务的SINR要求映射成RSRP要求(如-110dBm)，或者可先将Volte业务的RSRP要求映射成SINR要求(如2 dBm)，然后再进行比较。
S1204、eNB确定UE当前所在4G小区的无线信道质量不能满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求。
其中，在S1204之后，可以继续执行S1109及其后续流程。
本申请实施例提供的业务建立方法，针对UE同时执行Volte业务和视频呼叫业务的场景，eNB可以比较两种业务的业务要求，选择较高的业务要求，如视频呼叫业务的业务要求，作为UE测量上报的门限值。这有利于eNB能及时确定UE所在小区的下行无线信道质量是否达到当前业务(如视频呼叫业务)的业务要求对应的切换门限，可以及时触发UE切换至其他满足视频呼叫业务要求的小区或通知业务应用服务器及时修改对应业务的业务要求。同时，如果视频呼叫业务的业务要求高于Volte业务的业务要求，那么如果UE所在小区的下行无线信道质量满足视频呼叫业务的业务要求，那么该UE所在小区的下行无线信道质量一定可以满足Volte业务的业务要求，保证Volte业务的正常执行，可以保证其语音通话质量。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例这里仅以同时执行Volte业务和视频呼叫业务为例，对本申请实施例的方法举例说明，当然，当然本申请实施例的方法还可以扩展至其他多种业务。
进一步的，本申请实施例中，IMS核心网设备还可以实时更新Volte业务的业务要求。
示例性的，影响Volte业务的业务要求的参数包括但不限于UE所在4G网络小区的无线信道质量(如RSRP，RSRQ，SINR等)、UE所在的位置、UE的接入载频信息、时间信息、UE所在4G网络小区的负载信息、Volte业务的编码信息、Volte业务的带宽信息等。IMS核心网设备可以根据上述参数的变化实时更新Volte业务的业务要求。当然，在实时更新Volte业务的业务要求之前，IMS核心网设备可以从UE获取上述影响Volte业务的业务要求的参数。
可以想到的是，为适应网络用户数的变化，IMS核心网设备还 可以在不同的时间段针对Volte业务向eNB下发不同的业务要求。例如，忙时(如白天用户多数多时)下发的RSRP要求可以为-110dBm，闲时(夜晚用户数少时)下发的RSRP要求可以为-120dBm。其中，IMS核心网设备可以在检测到上述时间信息从忙时变为闲时，则可确定RSRP要求可以由-110dBm更新为-120dBm。
或者，IMS核心网设备还可以在主叫方UE与IMS核心网设备以及被叫方UE之间协商的编码信息发生变化时，将Volte业务的业务要求更新为与当前编码信息对应的业务要求。
或者，IMS核心网设备还可根据Volte业务的MOS的变化，实时更新Volte业务的业务要求。例如，Volte业务的当前MOS为3.5，其低于Volte业务的MOS预设要求值4，则IMS核心网设备可以将Volte业务的业务要求更新为与3.5的MOS对应的业务要求。
本申请实施例提供的业务建立方法，可以实时更新Volte业务的业务要求，以保证Volte业务的正常执行，可以保证其语音通话质量。
上述主要从接入网设备与业务应用服务器、核心网设备等设备交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是，接入网设备与业务应用服务器为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的接入网设备和业务应用服务器及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对接入网设备与业务应用服务器进行模块或者单元的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个模块或者单元，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。其中，本申请实施例中对模块或者单元的划分是示意性的， 仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
图12示出了上述实施例中所涉及的接入网设备的一种可能的结构示意图。该接入网设备1200包括：接收模块1201、确定模块1202、发送模块1203和切换模块1204。所述接收模块1201用于接收业务应用服务器、核心网设备以及UE等设备发送的请求消息或者其他类型的消息。例如，所述接收模块1201用于支持图3-图6中任一附图中的S302，图6中的S311，图7中的S704、S709，图8-图10中任一附图中的S802，图11中的S1104、S1112，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。所述确定模块1202用于确定UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量是否满足待建立业务的业务要求。例如，所述确定模块1202用于支持图3-图6中任一附图中的S303，图7中的S705、S710，图8-图10中任一附图中的S804，图11中的S1105、S1108，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。所述发送模块1203用于向业务应用服务器、核心网设备以及UE等设备发送的响应消息、查询消息或者其他类型的消息。例如，所述发送模块1203用于支持图3中的S304，图4-图6中任一附图中的S304′，图5或图6中的S308，图7中的S706、S711，图8中的S803、S805，图9中的S803、S805′，图10中的S803、S811、S805′，图11中的S1107、S1109，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。所述切换模块1204用于在所述确定模块1202确定第一小区的无线信道质量不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，对UE进行小区切换。例如，所述切换模块1204用于支持图3中的S306、307，图4-图6中任一附图中的S306′、307′图8中的S807、S808，图9或图10中的S807′、S808′，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
当然，接入网设备1200包括但不限于上述所列举的功能模块，例如，接入网设备1200还可以包括用于当确定模块1202确定第一小区的无线信道质量满足待建立业务的业务要求时为UE分配无线资源的分配模块，以及用于当确定模块1202确定第一小区的无线信道质量又不满足待建立业务的业务要求时，删除分配模块为UE分 配的无线资源的删除模块等。并且，上述功能模块的具体所能够实现的功能也包括但不限于上述实例所述的方法步骤对应的功能，接入网设备1200的其他功能单元以及接入网设备1200的各个功能单元详细描述可以参考其所对应方法步骤的详细描述，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
其中，上述模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块或者功能单元的形式实现。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，上述确定模块1202、切换模块1204、分配模块和删除模块等功能模块可以集成在一个处理单元中实现，该处理单元可以是处理器或控制器，例如可以是CPU，通用处理器，数字信号处理器(英文：Digital Signal Processor，简称：DSP)，专用集成电路(英文：Application-Specific Integrated Circuit，简称：ASIC)，现场可编程门阵列(英文：Field Programmable Gate Array，简称：FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种举例说明逻辑方框，模块和电路。所述处理单元也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合，DSP和微处理器的组合等等。上述接收模块1201和发送模块1203可以集成在一个通信单元中实现，该通信单元可以是通信接口、收发电路或收发器等。
当所述处理单元为处理器，所述通信单元为通信接口时，本申请实施例所涉及的接入网设备1200可以为图13所示的接入网设备1300。如图13所示，该接入网设备1300包括：一个或多个处理器1301、收发器1302、存储器1303以及总线1304。其中，处理器1301、收发器1302、存储器1303通过总线1304相互连接。存储器用于存储一个或多个应用程序，一个或多个应用程序包括指令，当接入网设备1300的处理器1301执行指令时，接入网设备1300执行如图3-图11中任一附图中的相关方法步骤，与业务应用服务器等设备交互实现上述实施例中的业务建立方法。
其中，总线1304可以是外设部件互连标准(英文：Peripheral Component Interconnect，简称：PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(英文：Extended Industry Standard Architecture，简称：EISA)总线等。所述总线1304可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示，图13中仅用一条粗线表示，但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
本申请实施例还提供一种非易失性存储介质，该非易失性存储介质中存储有一个或多个程序代码，当所述接入网设备1300的处理器1301执行该程序代码时，所述接入网设备1300执行图4-图11中任一附图中的相关方法步骤，与业务应用服务器等设备交互实现上述实施例中的业务建立方法。
其中，本申请实施例提供的所述接入网设备中各个功能单元或者功能模块的详细描述以及各个功能单元或者功能模块执行图4-图11中任一附图中的相关方法步骤后所带来的技术效果可以参考本申请方法实施例中的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
图14示出了上述实施例中所涉及的业务应用服务器的一种可能的结构示意图。该业务应用服务器1400包括：发送模块1401和接收模块1402。其中，所述发送模块1401用于向接入网设备、核心网设备以及UE等设备发送请求消息或者其他类型的消息。例如，所述发送模块1401用于支持图3-图6中任一附图中的S301，图6中的S310，图7中的S703、S708，图8-图10中任一附图中的S801，图11中的S1103、S1111，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。所述接收模块1402用于接收接入网设备、核心网设备以及UE等设备发送的响应消息、查询消息或者其他类型的消息。例如，所述接收模块1402用于支持图3-图6中任一附图中的S305，图5或图6中的S309，图7中的S707，图8-图10中的S806，图10中的S812，图11中的S1107、S1109，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
进一步的，如图15所示，该业务应用服务器1400还可以包括：确定模块1403。该确定模块1403用于确定待建立业务的业务要求 或者待建立业务更新后的业务要求，例如，所述确定模块1403用于支持图7中的S702、S707，图11中的S1102、S1110，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。当然，上述接收模块1402还可以用于接收上述确定模块1403用于确定待建立业务的业务要求或者待建立业务更新后的业务要求的相关信息。
当然，业务应用服务器1400包括但不限于上述所列举的功能模块，例如，业务应用服务器1400还可以包括用于进行编码信息转换的转换模块。并且，上述功能模块的具体所能够实现的功能也包括但不限于上述实例所述的方法步骤对应的功能，业务应用服务器1400的其他功能单元以及业务应用服务器1400的各个功能单元详细描述可以参考其所对应方法步骤的详细描述，本申请实施例这里不再赘述。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，上述确定模块1403和转换模块等功能模块可以集成在一个处理单元中实现，该处理单元可以是处理器或控制器，例如可以是CPU，通用处理器，DSP，ASIC，FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种举例说明逻辑方框，模块和电路。所述处理单元也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合，DSP和微处理器的组合等等。上述发送模块1401和接收模块1402可以集成在一个通信单元中实现，该通信单元可以是通信接口、收发电路或收发器等。
当所述处理单元为处理器，所述通信单元为通信接口时，本申请实施例所涉及的业务应用服务器1400可以为图16所示的业务应用服务器1600。如图16所示，该业务应用服务器1600包括：一个或多个处理器1601、收发器1602、存储器1603以及总线1604。其中，处理器1601、收发器1602、存储器1603通过总线1604相互连接。存储器用于存储一个或多个应用程序，一个或多个应用程序包括指令，当业务应用服务器1600的处理器1601执行指令时，业务应用服务器1600执行如图3-图11中任一附图中的相关方法步骤， 与业务应用服务器等设备交互实现上述实施例中的业务建立方法。
其中，总线1604可以是PCI总线或EISA总线等。所述总线1604可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示，图16中仅用一条粗线表示，但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
本申请实施例还提供一种非易失性存储介质，该非易失性存储介质中存储有一个或多个程序代码，当所述业务应用服务器1600的处理器1601执行该程序代码时，所述业务应用服务器1600执行图4-图11中任一附图中的相关方法步骤，与业务应用服务器等设备交互实现上述实施例中的业务建立方法。
其中，本申请实施例提供的所述业务应用服务器中各个功能单元或者功能模块的详细描述以及各个功能单元或者功能模块执行图4-图11中任一附图中的相关方法步骤后所带来的技术效果可以参考本申请方法实施例中的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
通过以上的实施方式的描述，所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明，实际应用中，可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成，即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块，以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。上述描述的系统，装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统，装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述模块或单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分 开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)或处理器(英文：processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(英文：Read-Only Memory，简称：ROM)、随机存取存储器(英文：Random Access Memory，简称：RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (42)

  1. 一种业务建立方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接入网设备接收核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送的第一建立请求，所述第一建立请求中携带有待建立业务的业务要求，所述待建立业务的业务要求用于向所述接入网设备指示用户设备UE执行所述待建立业务的无线信道质量要求；
    当所述接入网设备确定所述UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求时，所述接入网设备向所述核心网设备或者所述业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应，所述第一建立响应用于通知所述核心网设备或者所述业务应用服务器：所述第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求，或者，
    将所述UE切换至所述第一网络的第二小区，或者，
    将所述UE切换至第二网络的第三小区。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备向所述核心网设备或者所述业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应，包括：
    若所述接入网设备确定所述待建立业务的业务要求中包含第一指示信息，则向所述核心网设备或者所述业务应用服务器发送所述第一建立响应；
    其中，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述接入网设备在所述第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求时，向所述核心网设备或者所述业务应用服务器发送所述第一建立响应。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备将所述UE切换至所述第一网络的第二小区，包括：
    若所述接入网设备确定所述待建立业务的业务要求中包含第二指示信息，且所述接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足所述待建立业务的业务要求的所述第二小区，所述接入网设备则将所述UE切换至所述第二小区；
    其中，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述接入网设备在所述第一小 区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求时，将所述UE切换至所述第二小区。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备将所述UE切换至第二网络的第三小区，包括：
    若所述接入网设备确定所述待建立业务的业务要求中包含第三指示信息，且所述接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足所述待建立业务的业务要求的所述第三小区，所述接入网设备则将所述UE切换至所述第三小区；
    其中，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述接入网设备在所述第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求时，将所述UE切换至所述第三小区。
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    若所述接入网设备确定不存在无线信道质量满足所述待建立业务的业务要求的所述第二小区或者所述第三小区，所述接入网设备则向所述核心网设备或者所述业务应用服务器发送第二建立响应；
    其中，所述第二建立响应用于通知所述核心网设备或者所述业务应用服务器：所述第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求，且不存在无线信道质量满足所述待建立业务的业务要求的所述第二小区或者所述第三小区。
  6. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一建立响应中携带有所述第一小区的无线信道质量、所述UE的终端类型信息、所述UE接入的载频信息、所述UE的位置信息、所述第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、所述第一网络的无线接入制式RAT信息以及所述待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
  7. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述接入网设备向所述核心网设备或者所述业务应用服务器发送所述第一建立响应或者所述第二建立响应之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述接入网设备接收所述核心网设备或所述业务应用服务器发 送的第二建立请求，所述第二建立请求中携带有所述待建立业务更新后的业务要求。
  8. 根据权利要求3-5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足所述待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区的方法包括：
    所述接入网设备向所述UE下发测量控制命令，所述测量控制命令用于指示所述UE对所述第二小区或者所述第三小区的无线信道质量进行测量，
    所述接入网设备接收所述UE上报的测量报告，所述测量报告中携带有所述UE对所述第二小区或者所述第三小区的无线信道质量进行测量得到的测量结果，
    所述接入网设备根据所述测量结果，确定存在无线信道质量满足所述待建立业务的业务要求的所述第二小区或者所述第三小区；
    或者，
    所述接入网设备向所述UE下发测量控制命令，所述测量控制命令中携带有根据所述待建立业务的业务要求确定的测量上报条件，所述测量控制命令用于指示所述UE对所述第二小区或者所述第三小区的无线信道质量进行测量，所述测量上报条件用于指示所述UE在确定所述第二小区或者所述第三小区的无线信道质量满足所述测量上报条件时，向所述接入网设备上报测量报告，
    若所述接入网设备接收到所述UE上报的测量报告，则所述接入网设备确定存在无线信道质量满足所述待建立业务的业务要求的所述第二小区或者所述第三小区。
  9. 根据权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述待建立业务的业务要求包括：所述待建立业务的业务类型指示信息、所述待建立业务的无线信道要求、所述待建立业务的编码信息、所述UE的编码信息列表和所述UE的终端类型中的至少一项；
    其中，所述UE的编码信息列表中包含所述UE和所述业务应用服务器均支持的编码信息。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备确定所述UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求，包括：
    所述接入网设备确定所述第一小区的无线信道质量满足所述UE的编码信息列表中的至少一种编码信息所要求的无线信道质量，但所述第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的编码信息所要求的无线信道质量。
  11. 一种业务建立方法，其特征在于，包括：
    业务应用服务器向接入网设备或者核心网设备发送第一建立请求，所述第一建立请求中携带有待建立业务的业务要求，所述待建立业务的业务要求用于向所述接入网设备或者所述核心网设备指示用户设备UE执行所述待建立业务的无线信道质量要求；
    所述业务应用服务器接收所述接入网设备或者所述核心网设备发送的第一建立响应，所述第一建立响应用于通知所述业务应用服务器：UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求，或者，
    所述业务应用服务器接收所述接入网设备或者所述核心网设备发送的第二建立响应，所述第二建立响应用于通知所述业务应用服务器：所述UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求，且不存在无线信道质量满足所述待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区，所述第二小区位于所述第一网络，所述第三小区位于第二网络。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述业务应用服务器向接入网设备发送第一建立请求之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述业务应用服务器根据所述待建立业务的平均意见分MOS要求、所述第一小区的无线信道质量、所述UE的终端类型信息、所述UE接入的载频信息、所述UE的位置信息、所述待建立业务的编码信息、所述第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、所述第一网络的无线接入制式RAT信息、所述待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少 一项，确定所述待建立业务的业务要求；
    或者，
    所述业务应用服务器向第三方网络设备发送第一查询请求，所述第一查询请求中携带有所述待建立业务的MOS要求、所述第一小区的无线信道质量、所述UE的终端类型信息、所述UE接入的载频信息、所述UE的位置信息、所述待建立业务的编码信息、所述第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、所述第一网络的RAT信息、所述待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项，
    所述业务应用服务器接收所述第三方网络设备发送的所述第一查询响应，所述第一查询响应中携带有所述待建立业务的业务要求。
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述业务应用服务器确定所述待建立业务的业务要求或者所述业务应用服务器接收所述第三方网络设备发送的所述第一查询响应之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述业务应用服务器向所述核心网设备或者所述UE或者所述接入网设备发送第二查询请求；
    所述业务应用服务器接收所述核心网设备或者所述UE或者所述接入网设备发送的第二查询响应，所述第二查询响应中携带有所述第一小区的无线信道质量、所述UE的终端类型信息、所述UE接入的载频信息、所述UE的位置信息、所述待建立业务的编码信息、所述第一小区的负载信息、所述推荐使用的编码信息、所述第一网络的RAT信息、所述待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
  14. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述业务应用服务器确定所述待建立业务的业务要求或者所述业务应用服务器接收所述第三方网络设备发送的所述第一查询响应之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述业务应用服务器接收所述UE发送的第一消息，所述第一消息中携带有所述第一小区的无线信道质量、所述UE的终端类型信息、所述UE接入的载频信息、所述UE的位置信息、所述待建立业务的 编码信息、所述第一小区的负载信息、所述推荐使用的编码信息、所述第一网络的RAT信息、所述待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
  15. 根据权利要求11-14中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述待建立业务的业务要求中包含第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述接入网设备在所述第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求时，向所述第一业务应用服务器发送所述第一建立响应。
  16. 根据权利要求12-15中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述待建立业务的业务要求中包含第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述接入网设备在所述第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求时，将所述UE切换至所述第一网络的第二小区。
  17. 根据权利要求17-14中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述待建立业务的业务要求中包含第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述接入网设备在所述第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求时，将所述UE切换至第二网络的第三小区。
  18. 根据权利要求11-17中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一建立响应中携带有所述第一小区的无线信道质量、所述UE的终端类型信息、所述UE接入的载频信息、所述UE的位置信息、所述第一小区的负载信息、所述推荐使用的编码信息、所述第一网络的RAT信息以及所述待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述业务应用服务器接收所述接入网设备发送的所述第一建立响应或所述第二建立响应之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述业务应用服务器根据所述待建立业务的MOS要求、所述第一建立响应中携带的所述第一小区的无线信道质量、所述UE的终端类型信息、所述UE接入的载频信息、所述UE的位置信息、所述待建立业务的编码信息、所述第一小区的负载信息、所述第一网络的RAT信息、所述待建立业务的带宽信息和所述UE的编码信息列表中 的至少一项，确定所述待建立业务更新后的业务要求，其中，所述UE的编码信息列表中包含所述UE和所述业务应用服务器均支持的编码信息；
    或者，
    所述业务应用服务器向第三方网络设备发送第三查询请求，所述第三查询请求中携带有所述待建立业务的MOS要求、所述第一建立响应中携带的所述第一小区的无线信道质量、所述UE的终端类型信息、所述UE接入的载频信息、所述UE的位置信息、所述待建立业务的编码信息、所述第一小区的负载信息、所述第一网络的RAT信息、所述待建立业务的带宽信息和所述UE的编码信息列表中的至少一项，其中，所述UE的编码信息列表中包含所述UE和所述业务应用服务器均支持的编码信息，
    所述业务应用服务器接收所述第三方网络设备发送的所述第三查询响应，所述第一查询响应中携带有所述待建立业务更新后的业务要求。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述业务应用服务器确定所述待建立业务更新后的业务要求或者接收所述第三方网络设备发送的所述第三查询响应之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述业务应用服务器向所述接入网设备所述核心网设备发送第二建立请求，所述第二建立请求中携带有所述待建立业务更新后的业务要求。
  21. 根据权利要求18-20中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述业务应用服务器接收所述接入网设备发送的第一建立响应或所述第二建立响应之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述业务应用服务器根据所述第一建立响应或第二建立响应中携带的所述第一小区的无线信道质量、所述UE的终端类型信息、所述UE接入的载频信息、所述UE的位置信息、所述待建立业务的编码信息、所述第一小区的负载信息、所述推荐使用的编码信息、所述第一网络的RAT信息、所述待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项， 确定终止所述待建立业务；
    所述业务应用服务器向所述UE发送所述待建立业务的删除消息，所述待建立业务的删除消息用于指示所述UE终止所述待建立业务。
  22. 根据权利要求11-21中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述待建立业务的业务要求包括：所述待建立业务的业务类型指示信息、所述待建立业务的无线信道要求、所述待建立业务的编码信息、所述UE的编码信息列表和所述UE的终端类型中的至少一项，其中，所述UE的编码信息列表中包含所述UE和所述业务应用服务器均支持的编码信息。
  23. 根据权利要求19-22中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述待建立业务更新后的业务要求中包括的所述待建立业务更新后的编码信息为第二编码信息；
    所述方法还包括：
    所述业务应用服务器确定所述待建立业务的编码信息为第一编码信息；
    所述业务应用服务器确定所述待建立业务更新后的编码信息为第二编码信息；
    所述业务应用服务器将所述待建立业务的编码信息由所述第一编码信息转换为所述第二编码信息。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    所述业务应用服务器向所述UE发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于指示所述待建立业务的编码信息由所述第一编码信息转换为所述第二编码信息。
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    所述业务应用服务器确定所述第一编码信息对应的无线信道要求高于所述第二编码信息对应的无线信道要求。
  26. 一种接入网设备，其特征在于，包括：
    接收器，用于接收核心网设备或者业务应用服务器发送的第一建 立请求，所述第一建立请求中携带有待建立业务的业务要求，所述待建立业务的业务要求用于向所述接入网设备指示用户设备UE执行所述待建立业务的无线信道质量要求；
    处理器，用于确定所述UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量是否满足所述待建立业务的业务要求；
    发送器，还用于当所述处理器确定所述UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求时，向所述核心网设备或者所述业务应用服务器发送第一建立响应，所述第一建立响应用于通知所述核心网设备或者所述业务应用服务器：所述第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求，
    或者，所述处理器，还用于将所述UE切换至所述第一网络的第二小区，或者，将所述UE切换至第二网络的第三小区。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述发送器，用于向所述核心网设备或者所述业务应用服务器发送所述第一建立响应，具体为：
    还用于当所述待建立业务的业务要求中包含第一指示信息时，向所述核心网设备或者所述业务应用服务器发送所述第一建立响应；
    其中，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述接入网设备在所述第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求时，向所述核心网设备或者所述业务应用服务器发送所述第一建立响应。
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述处理器，用于将所述UE切换至所述第二小区，具体为：
    所述处理器，用于所述待建立业务的业务要求中包含第二指示信息，且存在无线信道质量满足所述待建立业务的业务要求的所述第二小区时，将所述UE切换至所述第二小区；
    其中，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述接入网设备在所述第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求时，将所述UE切换至所述第二小区。
  29. 根据权利要求26所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述处 理器，将所述UE切换至第二网络的第三小区，具体为：
    所述处理器，用于若所述待建立业务的业务要求中包含第三指示信息，且所述存在无线信道质量满足所述待建立业务的业务要求的所述第三小区，则将所述UE切换至所述第三小区；
    其中，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述接入网设备在所述第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求时，将所述UE切换至所述第三小区。
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述发送器，还用于若不存在无线信道质量满足所述待建立业务的业务要求的所述第二小区或者所述第三小区，则向所述核心网设备或者所述业务应用服务器发送第二建立响应；
    其中，所述第二建立响应用于通知所述核心网设备或者所述业务应用服务器：所述第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求，且不存在无线信道质量满足所述待建立业务的业务要求的所述第二小区或者所述第三小区。
  31. 根据权利要求26-30中任一项所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述第一建立响应中携带有所述第一小区的无线信道质量、所述UE的终端类型信息、所述UE接入的载频信息、所述UE的位置信息、所述第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、所述第一网络的无线接入制式RAT信息以及所述待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
  32. 根据权利要求26-31中任一项所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述接收器，还用于在所述发送器向所述核心网设备或者所述业务应用服务器发送所述第一建立响应或者所述第二建立响应之后，接收所述核心网设备或所述业务应用服务器发送的第二建立请求，所述第二建立请求中携带有所述待建立业务更新后的业务要求。
  33. 一种业务应用服务器，其特征在于，包括：
    发送器，用于向接入网设备或者核心网设备发送第一建立请求，所述第一建立请求中携带有待建立业务的业务要求，所述待建立业务的业务要求用于向所述接入网设备或者所述核心网设备指示用户设 备UE执行所述待建立业务的无线信道质量要求；
    接收器，还用于接收所述接入网设备或者所述核心网设备发送的第一建立响应，所述第一建立响应用于通知所述业务应用服务器：UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求，或者，
    接收器，用于接收所述接入网设备或者所述核心网设备发送的第二建立响应，所述第二建立响应用于通知所述业务应用服务器：所述UE所在第一网络的第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求，且不存在无线信道质量满足所述待建立业务的业务要求的第二小区或者第三小区，所述第二小区位于所述第一网络，所述第三小区位于第二网络。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的业务应用服务器，其特征在于，还包括：
    处理器，用于在所述发送器向接入网设备发送第一建立请求之前，根据所述待建立业务的平均意见分MOS要求、所述第一小区的无线信道质量、所述UE的终端类型信息、所述UE接入的载频信息、所述UE的位置信息、所述待建立业务的编码信息、所述第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、所述第一网络的无线接入制式RAT信息、所述待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项，确定所述待建立业务的业务要求；
    或者，
    所述发送器，还用于向第三方网络设备发送第一查询请求，所述第一查询请求中携带有所述待建立业务的MOS要求、所述第一小区的无线信道质量、所述UE的终端类型信息、所述UE接入的载频信息、所述UE的位置信息、所述待建立业务的编码信息、所述第一小区的负载信息、推荐使用的编码信息、所述第一网络的RAT信息、所述待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项，
    所述接收器，还用于接收所述第三方网络设备发送的所述第一查询响应，所述第一查询响应中携带有所述待建立业务的业务要求。
  35. 根据权利要求33或34所述的业务应用服务器，其特征在于，所述待建立业务的业务要求中包含第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述接入网设备在所述第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求时，向所述第一业务应用服务器发送所述第一建立响应。
  36. 根据权利要求33或34所述的业务应用服务器，其特征在于，所述待建立业务的业务要求中包含第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述接入网设备在所述第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求时，将所述UE切换至所述第一网络的第二小区。
  37. 根据权利要求33或34所述的业务应用服务器，其特征在于，所述待建立业务的业务要求中包含第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述接入网设备在所述第一小区的无线信道质量不满足所述待建立业务的业务要求时，将所述UE切换至第二网络的第三小区。
  38. 根据权利要求33-37中任一项所述的业务应用服务器，其特征在于，所述第一建立响应中携带有所述第一小区的无线信道质量、所述UE的终端类型信息、所述UE接入的载频信息、所述UE的位置信息、所述第一小区的负载信息、所述推荐使用的编码信息、所述第一网络的RAT信息以及所述待建立业务的带宽信息中的至少一项。
  39. 根据权利要求34-38中任一项所述的业务应用服务器，其特征在于，
    所述处理器，还用于在所述接收器接收所述接入网设备发送的所述第一建立响应或所述第二建立响应之后，根据所述待建立业务的MOS要求、所述第一建立响应中携带的所述第一小区的无线信道质量、所述UE的终端类型信息、所述UE接入的载频信息、所述UE的位置信息、所述待建立业务的编码信息、所述第一小区的负载信息、所述第一网络的RAT信息、所述待建立业务的带宽信息和所述UE的编码信息列表中的至少一项，确定所述待建立业务更新后的业务要求，其中，所述UE的编码信息列表中包含所述UE和所述业务应用 服务器均支持的编码信息；
    或者，
    所述发送器，还用于向第三方网络设备发送第三查询请求，所述第三查询请求中携带有所述待建立业务的MOS要求、所述第一建立响应中携带的所述第一小区的无线信道质量、所述UE的终端类型信息、所述UE接入的载频信息、所述UE的位置信息、所述待建立业务的编码信息、所述第一小区的负载信息、所述第一网络的RAT信息、所述待建立业务的带宽信息和所述UE的编码信息列表中的至少一项，其中，所述UE的编码信息列表中包含所述UE和所述业务应用服务器均支持的编码信息，
    所述接收器，还用于接收所述第三方网络设备发送的所述第三查询响应，所述第一查询响应中携带有所述待建立业务更新后的业务要求。
  40. 根据权利要求39中任一项所述的业务应用服务器，所述发送器，还用于在确定所述待建立业务更新后的业务要求之后，向所述接入网设备所述核心网设备发送第二建立请求，所述第二建立请求中携带有所述待建立业务更新后的业务要求。
  41. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有一个或多个程序，所述一个或多个程序包括指令，当所述接入网设备的处理器执行所述指令时，所述接入网设备执行如权利要求1-10中任一项所述的业务建立方法。
  42. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有一个或多个程序，所述一个或多个程序包括指令，当所述业务应用服务器的处理器执行所述指令时，所述业务应用服务器执行如权利要求11-25中任一项所述的业务建立方法。
PCT/CN2016/096442 2016-08-23 2016-08-23 一种业务建立方法及设备 WO2018035725A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BR112019003618A BR112019003618A2 (pt) 2016-08-23 2016-08-23 método e dispositivo de estabelecimento de serviço
EP16913749.4A EP3493634A4 (en) 2016-08-23 2016-08-23 METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ESTABLISHING SERVICE
PCT/CN2016/096442 WO2018035725A1 (zh) 2016-08-23 2016-08-23 一种业务建立方法及设备
CN201680088407.1A CN109565848A (zh) 2016-08-23 2016-08-23 一种业务建立方法及设备
KR1020197007683A KR102183961B1 (ko) 2016-08-23 2016-08-23 서비스 확립 방법 및 기기
US16/283,133 US20190191352A1 (en) 2016-08-23 2019-02-22 Service establishment method and device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2016/096442 WO2018035725A1 (zh) 2016-08-23 2016-08-23 一种业务建立方法及设备

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/283,133 Continuation US20190191352A1 (en) 2016-08-23 2019-02-22 Service establishment method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018035725A1 true WO2018035725A1 (zh) 2018-03-01

Family

ID=61245839

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2016/096442 WO2018035725A1 (zh) 2016-08-23 2016-08-23 一种业务建立方法及设备

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US20190191352A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP3493634A4 (zh)
KR (1) KR102183961B1 (zh)
CN (1) CN109565848A (zh)
BR (1) BR112019003618A2 (zh)
WO (1) WO2018035725A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110234141A (zh) * 2018-03-06 2019-09-13 中国移动通信集团终端有限公司 保持语音通话连续性的方法、装置、设备和介质

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109644350A (zh) * 2016-10-18 2019-04-16 华为技术有限公司 一种业务通信方法及设备
EP3589020A4 (en) * 2017-03-07 2020-01-08 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. RESOURCE PROCESSING METHOD, NETWORKED DEVICE, TERMINAL AND SYSTEM
US10778729B2 (en) * 2017-11-07 2020-09-15 Verizon Patent And Licensing, Inc. Codec parameter adjustment based on call endpoint RF conditions in a wireless network
US20220086721A1 (en) * 2018-11-07 2022-03-17 Google Llc Providing Support to Packet-Data Voice and Video Calls
US10750388B2 (en) * 2018-12-19 2020-08-18 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. System and method for qualifying service in multi-spectrum access network
US10735280B1 (en) * 2019-01-24 2020-08-04 Vmware, Inc. Integration and customization of third-party services with remote computing infrastructure

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101277470A (zh) * 2007-03-30 2008-10-01 华为技术有限公司 一种获得ip-can承载的方法和系统
CN102340831A (zh) * 2010-07-21 2012-02-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种资源接纳控制方法、装置和基站
WO2013132893A1 (ja) * 2012-03-07 2013-09-12 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ 通信システム、モビリティ管理エンティティ、基地局、および通信方法
CN103781182A (zh) * 2012-10-23 2014-05-07 成都鼎桥通信技术有限公司 业务建立方法及核心网设备
CN103841613A (zh) * 2012-11-23 2014-06-04 京信通信系统（中国）有限公司 一种小区切换方法及装置

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007098783A1 (en) * 2006-03-02 2007-09-07 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Wideband codec negotiation
CN101425836B (zh) * 2007-10-29 2013-06-05 华为技术有限公司 一种编码速率的控制方法和设备
WO2009063434A1 (en) * 2007-11-16 2009-05-22 Nokia Siemens Networks Oy Mapping quality of service for intersystem handover
US8194615B2 (en) * 2009-05-21 2012-06-05 Motorola Mobility, Inc. Method for conserving resources during wireless handover of a dual mode mobile station
CN102158918B (zh) * 2010-02-12 2013-12-18 华为技术有限公司 通信网络跨区切换方法和系统
JP5140696B2 (ja) * 2010-04-26 2013-02-06 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ 移動通信システム及び移動局
US20140078898A1 (en) * 2012-09-19 2014-03-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Handing off between networks with different radio access technologies during a communication session that is allocated quality of service
WO2014142717A1 (en) * 2013-03-13 2014-09-18 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Procedure and node for interconnecting ran and service layer entities
CN104170420B (zh) * 2013-04-02 2018-10-30 华为技术有限公司 开放无线管道能力的方法及其装置
KR102114728B1 (ko) * 2013-09-17 2020-05-26 삼성전자주식회사 음성 서비스를 제공하기 위한 전자 장치 및 방법
ES2538427B1 (es) * 2013-12-19 2016-05-19 Vodafone Espana Sau Un procedimiento, dispositivos y sistema para controlar la provisión de servicios de voz en redes de comunicaciones móviles
US9769221B2 (en) * 2014-01-17 2017-09-19 Mediatek Inc. Method to support service continuity for multiple sessions
US9344933B1 (en) * 2014-04-10 2016-05-17 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Mobility management entity (MME) system and method to disable voice over LTE (VoLTE) service of a long term evolution (LTE) base station
US9253704B1 (en) * 2014-09-25 2016-02-02 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Intelligence in handover assessment for LTE/VoLTE calls to improve retainability

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101277470A (zh) * 2007-03-30 2008-10-01 华为技术有限公司 一种获得ip-can承载的方法和系统
CN102340831A (zh) * 2010-07-21 2012-02-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种资源接纳控制方法、装置和基站
WO2013132893A1 (ja) * 2012-03-07 2013-09-12 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ 通信システム、モビリティ管理エンティティ、基地局、および通信方法
CN103781182A (zh) * 2012-10-23 2014-05-07 成都鼎桥通信技术有限公司 业务建立方法及核心网设备
CN103841613A (zh) * 2012-11-23 2014-06-04 京信通信系统（中国）有限公司 一种小区切换方法及装置

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110234141A (zh) * 2018-03-06 2019-09-13 中国移动通信集团终端有限公司 保持语音通话连续性的方法、装置、设备和介质

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN109565848A (zh) 2019-04-02
EP3493634A4 (en) 2019-07-24
BR112019003618A2 (pt) 2019-06-11
US20190191352A1 (en) 2019-06-20
KR20190040264A (ko) 2019-04-17
EP3493634A1 (en) 2019-06-05
KR102183961B1 (ko) 2020-11-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018035725A1 (zh) 一种业务建立方法及设备
US10004004B2 (en) Telecommunication equipment measuring pre-establishment service interruptions
US9264964B2 (en) Traffic offload via local network based on APN-specific or non-APN-specific information
US10880781B2 (en) Service communication method and device
US11228936B2 (en) Service communication method and device
US11277780B2 (en) Service setup method and device
CN102577504A (zh) 一种将视频通话从ps域切换到cs域的方法和装置
WO2000067514A1 (en) Handover in a communication system
US9826456B2 (en) Method and device for controlling handover of user equipment in long connected mode in wireless communication system
CN109155943A (zh) 用于调整编码速率的方法和装置
US20210204183A1 (en) Methods and apparatus for supporting ue handover
CN109804668B (zh) 一种VoLTE业务处理方法及设备
KR102092191B1 (ko) 비정상 호 처리 방법 및 그 장치
KR102199271B1 (ko) 호 처리 방법 및 장치
Moon Analysis of Ongoing SIP Session with Resource Reservation in Vertical Handover Scenario
Michail et al. MIH based mobility for TETRA-LTE network
KR20150039517A (ko) 이동성 관리 엔티티의 변경 여부에 근거한 데이터 패킷 알림신호 전송방법 및 장치

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16913749

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112019003618

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016913749

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20190226

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20197007683

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01E

Ref document number: 112019003618

Country of ref document: BR

Free format text: APRESENTE O COMPLEMENTO DO TEXTO EM PORTUGUES, ADAPTADO A NORMA VIGENTE, DO PEDIDO CONFORME DEPOSITO INTERNACIONAL INICIAL (RELATORIO DESCRITIVO E DESENHOS, SE HOUVER), CONFORME DETERMINA A RESOLUCAO INPI PR NO 77/2013 DE 18/03/2013, ART. 5O E 7O.

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01Y

Ref document number: 112019003618

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Free format text: ANULADA A PUBLICACAO CODIGO 1.5 NA RPI NO 2524 DE 21/05/2019 POR TER SIDO INDEVIDA.

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112019003618

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20190222